UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

x

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008

OR

o

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from _______ to _______

 

Commission file number 0-16668

 

 

WSFS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

Delaware

 

22-2866913

(State or other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

 

500 Delaware Avenue, Wilmington, Delaware

 

 

19899

 

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

 

 

(Zip Code)

 

 

Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (302) 792-6000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class

 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Common Stock, $0.01 par value

 

The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

 

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

Indicate by check if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  YES _____   NO __X__

 

Indicate by check if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. YES   _____   NO __X__

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding twelve months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES __X__   NO _____

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ( )

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer _____  

Accelerated filer __X__  

Non-accelerated filer _____  

Smaller reporting company _____

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2). Yes _____    No __X__

 

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by nonaffiliates of the registrant, based on the closing price of the registrant’s common stock as quoted on NASDAQ as of June 30, 2008 was $264,701,000. For purposes of this calculation only, affiliates are deemed to be directors, executive officers and beneficial owners of greater than 10% of the outstanding shares.

 

As of March 5, 2009, there were issued and outstanding 6,165,099 shares of the registrant’s common stock.

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on April 23, 2009 are incorporated by reference in Part III hereof.


WSFS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Part I

Page

 

 

    

Item 1.

Business

3    

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

27    

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

31    

Item 2.

Properties

32    

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

35    

Item 4.

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

35    

 

 

Part II

 

 

 

 

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases

of Equity Securities

 

35    

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

37    

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

38    

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk

58    

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

60    

Item 9

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

105    

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

105    

Item 9B.

Other Information

108    

 

 

Part III

 

 

 

 

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

108    

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

108    

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

108    

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

109    

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

109    

 

 

Part IV

 

 

 

 

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

110    

 

Signatures

112    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

PART I

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

Within this Annual Report on Form 10-K and exhibits thereto, management has included certain “forward-looking statements” concerning the future operations of WSFS Financial Corporation (“the Company,” “our Company,” “WSFS” “we,” “our” or “us”). It is management’s desire to take advantage of the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. This statement is for the express purpose of availing the Company of the protections of such safe harbor with respect to all “forward-looking statements” contained in its financial statements. Management has used “forward-looking statements” to describe the future plans and strategies including expectations of our future financial results. Management’s ability to predict results or the effect of future plans and strategy is inherently uncertain. Factors that could affect results include interest rate trends, competition, the general economic climate in Delaware, the mid-Atlantic region and the country as a whole, asset quality, loan growth, loan delinquency rates, operating risk, uncertainty of estimates in general and changes in federal and state regulations, among other factors. These factors should be considered in evaluating the “forward-looking statements,” and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements. Actual results may differ materially from management expectations. We do not undertake and specifically disclaim any obligation to publicly release the result of any revisions that may be made to any forward-looking statements to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events or circumstances after the date of such statements.

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

 

OUR BUSINESS

 

WSFS Financial Corporation is parent to WSFS Bank (‘the Bank”), one of the ten oldest banks in the United States continuously operating under the same name. A permanent fixture in this community, WSFS has been in operation for more than 175 years. In addition to its focus on stellar customer service, the Bank has continued to fuel growth and remain relevant. The Bank is a relationship-focused, locally-managed, community banking institution that has grown to become the largest thrift holding company in the State of Delaware, the second largest commercial lender in the state and the fourth largest bank in terms of Delaware deposits.

 

WSFS’ core banking business is commercial lending funded by customer-generated deposits. We have built a $1.7 billion commercial loan portfolio by recruiting the best seasoned commercial lenders in our markets and offering a high level of service and flexibility typically associated with a community bank. We fund this business primarily with deposits generated through commercial relationships and retail deposits in our 35-branch retail banking franchise located in Delaware and southeastern Pennsylvania. We also offer a broad variety of consumer loan products, retail securities and insurance brokerage through our retail branches.

 

In 2005, we established WSFS Wealth Strategies, our wealth management services division. Wealth Strategies was formed in response to our commercial customers’ demand for the same high level service in their investment relationships that they enjoyed as banking customers of WSFS. We found that many competitors are not devoting human capital to clients with less than $5 million in investable assets, thereby creating an opportunity. WSFS Wealth Strategies is complemented by Cypress Capital Management, a Registered Investment Adviser, acquired by WSFS in 2004 and WSFS Investment Group, a brokerage firm and insurance agency.

 

Our Cash Connect division is a premier provider of ATM Vault Cash and related services in the United States. Cash Connect manages more than $265 million in vault cash in approximately 10,000 ATMs nationwide and also provides online reporting and ATM cash management, predictive cash ordering, armored carrier management, ATM processing and equipment sales. Cash Connect also operates over 300 ATMs for WSFS Bank, which owns the largest branded ATM network in Delaware.

 

 

3

 

During the second quarter of 2008, we acquired a majority interest in 1st Reverse Financial Services, LLC (1st Reverse), specializing in reverse mortgage lending nationwide.

 

WSFS POINTS OF DIFFERENTIATION

 

While all banks offer similar products and services, we believe that WSFS has set itself apart from other banks in our market and the industry in general. Also, community banks have been able to distinguish themselves from large weakened banks with too many big problems and not enough emphasis on the customer in the current environment. The following factors summarize what we believe are those points of differentiation.

 

Community Banking Model

 

Our size and community banking model play a key role in our success. Our approach to business combines a service-oriented culture (which we call Stellar Service) with a strong complement of products and services, all aimed at meeting the needs of our retail and business customers. We believe the essence of being a community bank means that we are:

Small enough to offer customers responsive, personalized service and direct access to decision makers,

Large enough to provide all the products and services needed by our target market customers.

As the financial services industry has consolidated, many independent banks have been acquired by national companies that have centralized their decision-making authority away from their customers and focused their mass-marketing to a regional or even national customer base. We believe this trend has frustrated smaller business owners who have become accustomed to dealing directly with their bank’s senior executives and discouraged retail customers who often experience deteriorating levels of service in the branches. Additionally, it frustrates bank Associates who are no longer empowered to provide good and timely service to their customers.

 

WSFS Bank offers:

 

Rapid response. Our customers tell us this is a critical differentiator from larger, in-market competitors.

One point of contact. Our Relationship Managers are responsible for understanding his or her customers’ needs and bringing together the right resources in the Bank to meet those needs.

A customized approach to our clients. We believe this gives us an advantage over our competitors who are too large or centralized to offer customized products or services.

Products and services that our customers value. This includes a broad array of banking and cash management products, as well as a legal lending limit high enough to meet the credit needs of our customers, especially as they grow.

 

Building Associate Engagement and Customer Advocacy

 

Our business model is built on a concept called Human Sigma, a concept we have implemented using the statement “Engaged Associates delivering Stellar Service to create Customer Advocates”. The Human Sigma model, identified by Gallup, Inc., begins with Associates who have taken ownership of their jobs because their strengths have been identified and they have been matched with the right position and strong management. This strategy motivates Associates, and unleashes innovation and productivity to engage our most valuable asset, our customers, by providing them what we refer to as Stellar Service. As a result, we create Customer Advocates, or customers who have built an emotional attachment to the Bank. Research

 

 

 

4

studies continue to show a direct link between Associate engagement, customer engagement and a company’s financial performance.

 

 

Engaged Associates

Delivering Steller Service

Creating Customer
      Advocates

Building Shareholder
           Value


 

Surveys conducted for us by a nationally recognized polling company indicate:

 

Our Associate Engagement scores consistently rank in the top quartile of companies polled. In 2008, there were 13.4 engaged Associates for every disengaged Associate. This compares to a 2.6:1 ratio in 2003 and a national average of 1.5:1.

Customer surveys rank us in the top 10% of all companies, a “world class” rating. More than 40% of our customers ranked us a “five” out of “five,” strongly agreeing with the statement “I can’t imagine a world without WSFS.”

We believe that by fostering the energy of engaged and empowered Associates, we have become an employer of choice in our market. During each of the past three years, WSFS was ranked “Best Place to Work” by The Wilmington News Journal.

 

Strong Market Demographics

 

Delaware is situated in the middle of the Washington, DC - New York corridor which includes the urban markets of Philadelphia and Baltimore. The state benefits from this urban concentration as well as from a unique political environment that has created favorable law and legal structure, a business-friendly environment and a fair tax system. In its 2007 overview, the Corporation for Enterprise Development ranked Delaware as one of only two states to receive “Straight A’s” in its assessment of economic development throughout the U.S. Additionally, Delaware is one of only seven states with a AAA bond rating. Delaware’s Demographics consistently compare favorably to US economic and demographic averages.

 


(Most recent available statistics)

 


Delaware

 

National Average

 

Average GDP Growth (Average 2006-2007)

 

 

(1.6

)%

 

2.0

%

Unemployment (For January 2009)

 

 

6.7

%

 

8.1

%

Median Household Income (Average 2007)

 

$

55,988

 

$

50,740

 

Population Growth (2000-2007)

 

 

10.4

%

 

7.2

%

 

Balance Sheet Management

 

We put a great deal of focus on actively managing our balance sheet. This management manifests itself in:

 

Strong capital levels. Maintaining strong capital levels is key to our operating philosophy. All regulatory capital levels exceed well-capitalized levels. Our Tier 1 capital ratio was nearly 10% as of December 31, 2008, more than $100 million in excess of the 6% “well-capitalized” level. Our year end capital ratios do

 

 

 

5

not include the additional capital raised in January 2009 through our participation in the Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program (described later).

We maintain discipline around our lending, including planned portfolio diversification. Additionally, we take a proactive approach to identifying trends in our business and lending market and have responded proactively to areas of concern. For instance, we have limited our exposure to construction and land development (CLD) loans as we anticipated an end to the expansion in housing prices. We have also increased our portfolio monitoring and reporting sophistication. We maintain diversification in our loan portfolio to limit our exposure to any single type of credit. Such discipline supplements careful underwriting and the benefits of knowing our customers.

We seek to avoid credit risk in our investment portfolio and use this portion of our balance sheet primarily to help us manage liquidity and interest rate risk, while providing some marginal income. As a result, we have no exposure to Freddie Mac or Fannie Mae preferred securities, Trust Preferred securities or any securities backed by sub-prime assets. Our securities purchases have been almost exclusively AAA-rated credits. To date, we have had no other-than-temporary impairment losses to report.

 

We have been subject to many of the same pressures facing the banking industry, including an increase in our delinquent loans, problem loans and charge-offs from the unsustainably low levels in recent years. The measures we have taken strengthen the Bank’s credit position by diversifying risk and limiting exposure.

 

Disciplined and Aggressive Capital Management

 

We understand that our capital (or shareholders’ equity) belongs to our shareholders. They have entrusted this capital to us with the expectation that it will be kept safe, but with the equal expectation that it will earn an adequate return. As a result, we prudently but aggressively manage our shareholders’ capital. It is our intention to return some of our earnings to shareholders through share repurchases, which is now subject to approval by the U.S. Treasury, while maintaining adequate levels of capital.

 

Strong Performance Expectations

 

We are focused on high-performing long term financial goals. We define “high performing” as the top quintile of a relevant peer group in return on assets (ROA), return on equity (ROE) and earnings per share (EPS) growth. While industry headwinds have depressed these measures for the industry in recent years, long term, we believe these targets should translate to approximately 1.5% ROA, 18% ROE and a 12% EPS growth rate. Management incentives are paid, in large part, based on driving performance in these areas. A “Target” payment level is only achieved by reaching performance at the 60th percentile of a peer group of all publicly traded banks and thrifts in our size range. More details on this plan are included in our proxy statement.

 

Growth

 

Our successful long-term trend in lending, deposit gathering and EPS have been the result of our focused strategy that provides the service and responsiveness of a community bank in a consolidating marketplace. We will continue to grow by:

 

Recruiting and developing talented, service-minded Associates. We have successfully recruited Associates with strong community ties to strengthen our existing markets and provide a strong start in new communities. We also focus efforts on developing talent and leadership in our current Associate base to better equip those Associates for their jobs and prepare them for leadership roles at WSFS.

Embracing the Human Sigma concept. We are committed to building Associate engagement and customer advocacy as a way to develop our culture and grow our franchise. We firmly believe franchise and shareholder value are directly linked to our Human Sigma model.

 

 

 

6

Continuing strong growth in commercial lending by:

 

o

Selectively building a presence in contiguous markets.

 

o

Providing product solutions like Remote Deposit Capture to facilitate commercial banking outside of our primary market.

 

o

Offering our community banking model that combines Stellar Service with the banking products and services our business customers demand.

 

Aggressively growing deposits. In 2003, we energized our retail branch strategy by combining Stellar Service with an expanded and updated branch network. We have also implemented a number of additional measures to accelerate our deposit growth. We will continue to grow deposits by:

 

o

Expanding and renovating our retail branch network.

 

o

Further expanding our commercial customer relationships with deposit products.

 

o

Finding creative ways to build deposit market share such as hiring deposit-focused relationship managers, and targeted marketing programs.

 

o

Potential acquisitions such as the branch acquisition we completed in 2008.

 

Growing our wealth management services division by leveraging the strong relationships we have with our current customer base and providing unparalleled service to modestly wealthy clients in our market.

 

 

 

7

Results

 

Our focus on these points of differentiation has allowed us to grow our core franchise and build value for our shareholders. Since 2004, our commercial loans have grown from $903 million to $1.8 billion, a strong 18% compound annual growth rate (CAGR). Over the same period, customer deposits have grown from $1.1 billion to $1.7 billion, a 13% CAGR. More importantly, over the last decade, shareholder value has increased at a far greater rate than our banking peers and the market in general, as is evident in the table below.

 


 

Cumulative Total Shareholder Return Compared with Performance of Selected Indexes

December 31, 1997 through December 31, 2008

 

 

 

 

WSFS Financial Corporation

 

 

 

— — — —

 

Dow Jones Total Market Index

 

 

 

 

 

Nasdaq Bank Index

 

 

 

 


 

 

SUBSIDIARIES

 

We have two consolidated subsidiaries, WSFS Bank and Montchanin Capital Management, Inc.

 

WSFS Bank has one wholly owned subsidiary, WSFS Investment Group, Inc., which markets various third-party investment and insurance products, such as single-premium annuities, whole life policies and securities primarily through the Bank’s retail banking system and directly to the public.

 

In addition, WSFS Bank has one majority owned subsidiary, 1st Reverse Financial Services, LLC (1st Reverse). 1st Reverse, a 51% owned subsidiary, is an Illinois-based reverse mortgage company that originates and subsequently sells reverse mortgage loans nationwide.

 

Montchanin Capital Management, Inc. (“Montchanin”) provides asset management services in our primary market area. Montchanin has one wholly owned subsidiary, Cypress Capital Management, LLC (“Cypress”). Cypress is a Wilmington-based investment advisory firm servicing high net-worth individuals and institutions and had approximately $410 million in assets under management at December 31, 2008.

 

 

 

8

DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS, LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

Condensed average balance sheets for each of the last three years and analyses of net interest income and changes in net interest income due to changes in volume and rate are presented in “Results of Operations” included in the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES

 

At December 31, 2008, WSFS’ total securities portfolio had a carrying value of $547.9 million. The Company’s strategy has been to avoid credit risk in our securities portfolio. Therefore, securities purchases have been limited to AAA-rated securities, except for $12.4 million in BBB+ rated MBS purchased in conjunction with a 2002 reverse mortgage securitization.

 

WSFS owns no CDOs, Bank Trust Preferred, Agency Preferred securities or equity securities in other FDIC insured banks or thrifts.

The portfolio is comprised of:

 

$44.6 million in Federal Agency debt securities with a maturity of four years or less.

$194.7 million in “plain vanilla” Agency MBS. Of these, $103.4 million are sequential pay CMOs with no contingent cash flows and $91.3 million are Agency MBS with 10-15 year original final maturities.

$292.7 million in Non-Agency MBS. The quality of this portfolio is evidenced by:

 

o

Diversification among more than 75 different pools.

 

o

Significant seasoning, with 85% of underlying loans originated in 2005 or earlier, and 15% originated in 2006.

 

o

Heavy continuing principal amortization, as more than 95% of these bonds were originally 15-year pass-through cash flows.

 

o

Strong fundamental characteristics, with an average loan-to-value of 42% (based on scheduled amortization and initial appraised value) with an average FICO score (at origination) well above 700. Only 11% of the collateral is classified as Alt-A loans and none are classified as sub-prime.

 

Only four of the 75 bonds, with a market value of $11.3 million, were downgraded in 2008. Based on stress tests of these four bonds using proprietary models of two independent companies, management believes the collection of the contractual principal and interest is probable and therefore the unrealized losses are considered to be temporary.

 

 

 

9

Our short-term investment portfolio is intended to keep the Bank’s funds fully employed at the maximum after-tax return, while maintaining acceptable credit, market and interest-rate risk limits, and providing needed liquidity under current circumstances. In addition, our short-term taxable investments provide collateral for various Bank obligations. Our short-term municipal securities provide for a portion of the Bank’s CRA investment program. Amortized cost of investment securities and short-term investments by category, stated in dollar amounts and as a percent of total assets, follow:

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2008

 

 

2007

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

of

of

of

 

 

Amount

 

Assets

 

 

 

Amount

 

Assets

 

 

 

Amount

 

Assets

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Held-to-Maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State and political subdivisions

 

$

1,181

 

0.1

%

 

 

$

1,516

 

0.1

%

 

 

$

4,219

 

0.1

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-Sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reverse Mortgages

 

 

(61

)

 

 

 

 

2,037

 

0.1

 

 

 

 

598

 

 

State and political subdivisions

 

 

4,020

 

0.1

 

 

 

 

4,115

 

0.1

 

 

 

 

2,785

 

0.1

 

U.S. Government and agencies

 

 

43,778

 

1.3

 

 

 

 

20,477

 

0.6

 

 

 

 

46,920

 

1.6

 

 

 

 

47,737

 

1.4

 

 

 

 

26,629

 

0.8

 

 

 

 

50,303

 

1.7

 

Short-term investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks

 

 

216

 

 

 

 

 

1,078

 

 

 

 

 

243

 

 

 

 

$

49,134

 

1.4

%

 

 

$

29,223

 

0.9

%

 

 

$

54,765

 

1.8

%

 

 

There were no sales of investment securities classified as available-for-sale during 2008 and 2007. Municipal bonds totaling $440,000 were called by the issuers during 2008. There were no net losses realized on sales in either 2008 or 2007. Proceeds from the sale of investments classified as available-for-sale during 2006 were $11.0 million. There was a net loss of $41,000 realized on sales in 2006. The cost basis for all investment security sales was based on the specific identification method. There were no sales of investment securities classified as held-to-maturity in 2008, 2007 or 2006.

 

 

 

10

The following table shows the terms to maturity and related weighted average yields of investment securities and short-term investments at December 31, 2008. Substantially all of the related interest and dividends represent taxable income.

 

 

 

At December 31, 2008

 

 

 


Amount

 

Weighted
Average
Yield (1)

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Held-to-Maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State and political subdivisions (2):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Within one year

 

$

 

%

After one but within five years

 

 

630

 

7.53

 

After ten years

 

 

551

 

5.32

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total debt securities, held-to-maturity

 

 

1,181

 

6.50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-Sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reverse Mortgages (3):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Within one year

 

$

(61

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State and political subdivisions (2):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Within one year

 

 

855

 

3.85

 

After one but within five years

 

 

1,890

 

4.13

 

After five but within ten years

 

 

1,275

 

4.31

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,020

 

4.13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government and agencies:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Within one year

 

$

4,001

 

4.08

 

After one but within five years

 

 

39,777

 

3.19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

43,778

 

3.27

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total debt securities, available-for-sale

 

 

47,737

 

3.34

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total debt securities

 

 

48,918

 

3.42

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks

 

 

216

 

0.30

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total short-term investments

 

 

216

 

0.30

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

49,134

 

3.41

%

(1)

Reverse mortgages have been excluded from weighted average yield calculations because income can vary significantly from reporting period to reporting period due to the volatility of factors used to value the portfolio.

(2)

Yields on state and political subdivisions are not calculated on a tax-equivalent basis since the effect would be immaterial.

(3)

Reverse mortgages do not have contractual maturities. We have included reverse mortgages in maturities within one year.

 

In addition to these investment securities, we have maintained an investment portfolio of mortgage-backed securities, $10.8 million of which is classified as “trading” that are BBB+ rated and were purchased in conjunction with a 2002 reverse mortgage securitization. At December 31, 2008, mortgage-backed securities with a par value of $314.5 million were pledged as collateral for retail customer repurchase agreements and municipal deposits. Accrued interest receivable for mortgage-backed securities was $2.1 million and $2.0 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. There were no sales of mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale

 

 

 

11

in 2008. In 2007, proceeds from the sale of mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale were $2.7 million, resulting in a gain of $82,000.

 

The following table shows the amortized cost of mortgage-backed securities and their related weighted average contractual rates at the end of the last three fiscal years.

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2008

 

 

2007

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

Amount

 

Rate

 

 

 

Amount

 

Rate

 

 

 

Amount

 

Rate

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Available-for-Sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

$

419,177

 

5.48

%

 

 

$

407,113

 

4.97

%

 

 

$

424,748

 

4.88

%

FNMA

 

 

35,578

 

4.19

 

 

 

 

35,654

 

4.04

 

 

 

 

42,254

 

4.05

 

FHLMC

 

 

30,477

 

4.44

 

 

 

 

31,357

 

4.31

 

 

 

 

31,121

 

4.29

 

GNMA

 

 

22,536

 

5.01

 

 

 

 

15,923

 

4.73

 

 

 

 

19,115

 

4.72

 

 

 

$

507,768

 

5.31

%

 

 

$

490,047

 

4.85

%

 

 

$

517,238

 

4.77

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

$

10,816

 

3.47

%

 

 

$

12,364

 

7.79

%

 

 

$

12,364

 

8.35

%

 

 

CREDIT EXTENSION ACTIVITIES

 

Over the past several years we have focused on increasing the more profitable segments of our loan portfolio. Our current lending activity is concentrated on lending to small-to mid-sized businesses in the mid-Atlantic region of the United States primarily in Delaware and contiguous counties in Pennsylvania, Maryland and New Jersey. In 2004, residential first mortgage loans comprised 28.9% of the loan portfolio, while the combination of commercial loans and commercial real estate loans made up only 59.0%. In contrast, at December 31, 2008, residential first loans totaled only 17.4%, while commercial loans and commercial real estate loans have increased to a combined total of 71.8% of the loan portfolio. Traditionally, the majority of typical thrift institutions’ loan portfolios have consisted of first mortgage loans on residential properties.

 

 

 

12

            The following table shows the composition of our loan portfolio at year-end for the last five years. Except as shown below, there are no concentrations of loans exceeding 10% of total loans.

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2008

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

2005

 

 

 

2004

 

Types of Loans

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

 

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

 

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

 

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

 

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate (1)

 

$

425,018

 

17.4

%

 

 

$

449,853

 

20.1

%

 

 

$

474,871

 

23.5

%

 

 

$

457,651

 

25.8

%

 

 

$

443,023

 

28.9

%

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial mortgage

 

 

558,979

 

22.9

 

 

 

 

465,928

 

20.9

 

 

 

 

422,089

 

20.9

 

 

 

 

410,552

 

23.1

 

 

 

 

416,287

 

27.1

 

Construction

 

 

251,508

 

10.3

 

 

 

 

276,939

 

12.4

 

 

 

 

241,931

 

12.0

 

 

 

 

178,418

 

10.0

 

 

 

 

120,604

 

7.9

 

Total commercial real estate

 

 

810,487

 

33.2

 

 

 

 

742,867

 

33.3

 

 

 

 

664,020

 

32.9

 

 

 

 

588,970

 

33.1

 

 

 

 

536,891

 

35.0

 

Commercial

 

 

942,920

 

38.6

 

 

 

 

787,539

 

35.3

 

 

 

 

643,918

 

31.9

 

 

 

 

508,930

 

28.7

 

 

 

 

368,752

 

24.0

 

Consumer

 

 

296,728

 

12.1

 

 

 

 

278,272

 

12.4

 

 

 

 

263,478

 

13.0

 

 

 

 

244,820

 

13.8

 

 

 

 

210,959

 

13.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans

 

$

2,475,153

 

101.3

 

 

 

$

2,258,531

 

101.1

 

 

 

$

2,046,287

 

101.3

 

 

 

$

1,800,371

 

101.4

 

 

 

$

1,559,625

 

101.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred fees (unearned income)

 

 

129

 

0.0

 

 

 

 

(701

)

0.0

 

 

 

 

(838

)

0.0

 

 

 

 

(304

)

0.0

 

 

 

 

(64

)

0.0

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

 

31,189

 

1.7

 

 

 

 

25,252

 

1.1

 

 

 

 

27,384

 

1.3

 

 

 

 

25,381

 

1.4

 

 

 

 

24,222

 

1.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loans

 

$

2,443,835

 

100.0

%

 

 

$

2,233,980

 

100.0

%

 

 

$

2,019,741

 

100.0

%

 

 

$

1,775,294

 

100.0

 

 

 

$

1,535,467

 

100.0

%

(1)

Includes $2,275, $2,404, $925, $438 and $3,249 of residential mortgage loans held-for-sale at December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

 

 

 

 

13

The following tables show how much time remains until our loans mature. The first table details the total loan portfolio by type of loan. The second table details the total loan portfolio by loans with fixed interest rates and loans with adjustable interest rates. The tables show loans by contractual maturity. Loans may be pre-paid so that the actual maturity may be earlier than the contractual maturity. Prepayments tend to be highly dependent upon the interest rate environment. Loans having no stated maturity or repayment schedule are reported in the Less than One Year category.

 

 

 

 

Less than

 

One to

 

Over

 

 

 

 

 

One Year

 

Five Years

 

Five Years

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Real estate loans (1)

 

$

165,797

 

$

307,454

 

$

508,467

 

$

981,718

 

Construction loans

 

 

189,544

 

 

55,702

 

 

6,262

 

 

251,508

 

Commercial loans

 

 

347,146

 

 

399,234

 

 

196,540

 

 

942,920

 

Consumer loans

 

 

169,891

 

 

54,006

 

 

72,831

 

 

296,728

 

 

 

$

872,378

 

$

816,396

 

$

784,100

 

$

2,472,874

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rate sensitivity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed

 

$

86,223

 

$

351,865

 

$

288,423

 

$

726,511

 

Adjustable (2)

 

 

786,155

 

 

464,531

 

 

495,677

 

 

1,746,363

 

Gross loans

 

$

872,378

 

$

816,396

 

$

784,100

 

$

2,472,874

 

 

(1)           Includes commercial mortgage loans and does not include loans held-for-sale.

(2)           Includes hybrid adjustable rate mortgages.

 

 

Residential Real Estate Lending.

 

We generally originate residential mortgage loans with loan-to-value ratios of up to 80% and require private mortgage insurance for up to 30% of the mortgage amount for mortgage loans with loan-to-value ratios exceeding 80%. We do not have any significant concentrations of such insurance with any one insurer. On a limited basis, we originate or purchase loans with loan-to-value ratios exceeding 80% without a private mortgage insurance requirement. At December 31, 2008, the balance of all such loans was approximately $4.2 million.

 

Generally, our residential mortgage loans are underwritten and documented in accordance with standard underwriting criteria published by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) to assure maximum eligibility for subsequent sale in the secondary market. We sell only those loans that are originated specifically with the intention to sell.

 

To protect the propriety of our liens, we require that title insurance be obtained. We also require fire and extended coverage casualty insurance for properties securing residential loans. All properties securing residential loans made by us are appraised by independent, licensed and certified appraisers selected by us and are subject to review in accordance with our standards.

 

The majority of our adjustable-rate, residential real estate loans have interest rates that adjust yearly after an initial period. Typically, the change in rate is limited to two percentage points at the adjustment date. Adjustments are generally based upon a margin (currently 2.75%) over the weekly average yield on U.S. Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity, as published by the Federal Reserve Board.

 

Generally, the maximum rate on these loans is up to six percent above the initial interest rate. We underwrite adjustable-rate loans under standards consistent with private mortgage insurance and secondary

 

 

 

14

market criteria. We do not originate adjustable-rate mortgages with payment limitations that could produce negative amortization. Consistent with industry practice in our market area, we typically originate adjustable-rate mortgage loans with discounted initial interest rates.

 

The retention of adjustable-rate mortgage loans in our loan portfolio helps mitigate our risk to changes in interest rates. However, there are unquantifiable credit risks resulting from potential increased costs to the borrower as a result of repricing adjustable-rate mortgage loans. It is possible that during periods of rising interest rates, the risk of default on adjustable-rate mortgage loans may increase due to the upward adjustment of interest costs to the borrower. Further, although adjustable-rate mortgage loans allow us to increase the sensitivity of our asset base to changes in interest rates, the extent of this interest sensitivity is limited by the periodic and lifetime interest rate adjustment limitations. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that yields on our adjustable-rate mortgages will adjust sufficiently to compensate for increases to our cost of funds during periods of extreme interest rate increases.

 

The original contractual loan payment period for residential loans is normally 10 to 30 years. Because borrowers may refinance or prepay their loans without penalty, these loans tend to remain outstanding for a substantially shorter period of time. First mortgage loans customarily include “due-on-sale” clauses on adjustable- and fixed-rate loans. This provision gives us the right to declare a loan immediately due and payable in the event the borrower sells or otherwise disposes of the real property subject to the mortgage. Due-on-sale clauses are an important means of adjusting the rate on existing fixed-rate mortgage loans to current market rates. We enforce due-on-sale clauses through foreclosure and other legal proceedings to the extent available under applicable laws.

 

In general, loans are sold without recourse except for the repurchase arising from standard contract provisions covering violation of representations and warranties or, under certain investor contracts, a default by the borrower on the first payment. We also have limited recourse exposure under certain investor contracts in the event a borrower prepays a loan in total within a specified period after sale, typically one year. The recourse is limited to a pro rata portion of the premium paid by the investor for that loan, less any prepayment penalty collectible from the borrower.

 

We have a very limited amount of subprime loans, $16.9 million, at December 31, 2008 (0.7% of loans), many originated in 2003, and no negative amortizing loans or interest only loans. Subprime mortgage delinquencies of 3.20% in our small portfolio are a fraction of the national average of 20.47%, due to our underwriting and the seasoning of these loans.

 

Commercial Real Estate, Construction and Commercial Lending.

 

Federal savings banks are generally permitted to invest up to 400% of their total regulatory capital in nonresidential real estate loans and up to 20% of its assets in commercial loans. As a federal savings bank that was formerly chartered as a Delaware savings bank, we have certain additional lending authority.

 

We offer commercial real estate mortgage loans on multi-family properties and other commercial real estate. Generally, loan-to-value ratios for these loans do not exceed 80% of appraised value at origination.

 

We offer commercial construction loans to developers. In some cases these loans are made as “construction/permanent” loans, which provides for disbursement of loan funds during construction and automatic conversion to mini-permanent loans (1-5 years) upon completion of construction. These construction loans are made on a short-term basis, usually not exceeding two years, with interest rates indexed to our prime rate or London InterBank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), in most cases, and adjusted periodically as these rates change. The loan appraisal process includes the same evaluation criteria as required for permanent mortgage loans, but also takes into consideration: completed plans, specifications, comparables and cost estimates. Prior to approval of the credit, these items are used as a basis to determine the appraised value of the subject

 

 

 

15

property when completed. Our policy requires that all appraisals be reviewed independently from our commercial lending staff. Generally, at origination, the loan-to-value ratios for construction loans do not exceed 75%. The initial interest rate on the permanent portion of the financing is determined by the prevailing market rate at the time of conversion to the permanent loan. At December 31, 2008, $459.8 million was committed for construction loans, of which $251.5 million was outstanding.

 

The remainder of our commercial lending includes loans for working capital, financing equipment acquisitions, business expansion and other business purposes. These loans generally range in amounts up to $10 million, and their terms range from less than one year to seven years. The loans generally carry variable interest rates indexed to our prime rate or LIBOR, at the time of closing. We have no loans to any one industry with a concentration greater than 10.0% (Health Care and Social Assistance).

 

Commercial, commercial mortgage and construction lending have a higher level of risk than residential mortgage lending. These loans typically involve larger loan balances concentrated with single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. In addition, the payment experience on loans secured by income-producing properties is typically dependent on the successful operation of the related real estate project and may be more subject to adverse conditions in the commercial real estate market or in the economy generally. The majority of our commercial and commercial real estate loans are concentrated in Delaware and surrounding areas.

 

Construction loans involve additional risk because loan funds are advanced as construction projects progress. The valuation of the underlying collateral can be difficult to quantify prior to the completion of the construction. This is due to uncertainties inherent in construction such as changing construction costs, delays arising from labor or material shortages and other unpredictable contingencies. We attempt to mitigate these risks and plan for these contingencies through additional analysis and monitoring of our construction projects. Construction loans receive independent inspections prior to disbursement of funds.

 

As of December 31, 2008, our construction and land development (CLD) loans represented $229 million, or only 9.2% of our loan portfolio. Residential CLD, one of the hardest hit sectors in today’s economy, represents only $142 million or 5.7% of the loan portfolio. Our average residential CLD loan is $1.4 million. Only eight of our residential CLD loans exceeded $5 million in outstandings. We currently limit each category to 8% of total loans. Our largest geographic concentration (Sussex County, Delaware) represents only $40 million.

 

Only four commercial relationships have outstandings in excess of $20 million and each of these relationships is collateralized by real estate or US Treasury securities.

 

Land loans were $114 million at December 31, 2008 including $44 million of “land held” loans which are land loans not currently being developed.

 

Federal law limits the extensions of credit to any one borrower to 15% of unimpaired capital, or 25% if the difference is secured by readily marketable collateral having a market value that can be determined by reliable and continually available pricing. Extensions of credit include outstanding loans as well as contractual commitments to advance funds, such as standby letters of credit, but do not include unfunded loan commitments. At December 31, 2008, no borrower had collective outstandings exceeding these limits.

 

Consumer Lending.

 

Our primary consumer credit products are home equity lines of credit and equity-secured installment loans. At December 31, 2008, home equity lines of credit totaled $142.9 million and equity-secured installment loans totaled $131.6 million. In total these product lines represent 93% of total consumer loans. Some home equity products granted a borrower credit availability of up to 100% of the appraised value (net of

 

 

 

16

any senior mortgages) of their residence. Maximum LTV limits were reduced to 80% as of November 2008. At December 31, 2008, we had extended $248.6 million in home equity lines of credit. Home equity lines of credit offer customers with potential Federal income tax advantages, the convenience of checkbook access and revolving credit features and are typically more attractive in the current low interest rate environment. Home equity lines of credit expose us to the risk that falling collateral values may leave us inadequately secured, while the risk on products like home equity loans is mitigated as they amortize over time.

 

Prior to 2008, we had not observed any significant adverse experience on home equity lines of credit or equity-secured installment loans but delinquencies and net charge-offs on these products increased in 2008, mainly as a result of the deteriorating economy and declining home values.  During 2008, we also increased our loan loss reserves related to consumer loans.

 

 

 

17

The following table shows our consumer loans at year-end, for the last five years.

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2008

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

2005

 

 

 

2004

 

 

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

 

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

 

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

 

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

 

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity secured installment loans

 

$

131,550

 

44.3

%

 

 

$

147,551

 

53.0

%

 

 

$

141,708

 

53.8

%

 

 

$

136,721

 

55.8

%

 

 

$

131,935

 

62.6

%

Home equity lines of credit

 

 

142,949

 

48.2

 

 

 

 

108,873

 

39.1

 

 

 

 

100,981

 

38.3

 

 

 

 

87,503

 

35.7

 

 

 

 

56,755

 

26.9

 

Automobile

 

 

1,134

 

0.4

 

 

 

 

1,159

 

0.4

 

 

 

 

1,702

 

0.7

 

 

 

 

2,616

 

1.1

 

 

 

 

5,126

 

2.4

 

Unsecured lines of credit

 

 

5,508

 

1.9

 

 

 

 

5,011

 

1.8

 

 

 

 

8,947

 

3.4

 

 

 

 

8,780

 

3.6

 

 

 

 

9,338

 

4.4

 

Other

 

 

15,587

 

5.2

 

 

 

 

15,678

 

5.7

 

 

 

 

10,140

 

3.8

 

 

 

 

9,200

 

3.8

 

 

 

 

7,805

 

3.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total consumer loans

 

$

296,728

 

100

%

 

 

$

278,272

 

100

%

 

 

$

263,478

 

100.0

%

 

 

$

244,820

 

100.0

%

 

 

$

210,959

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18

Loan Originations, Purchase and Sales.

 

We have engaged in traditional lending activities primarily in Delaware and contiguous areas of neighboring states. As a federal savings bank, however, we may originate, purchase and sell loans throughout the United States. We have purchased limited amounts of loans from outside our normal lending area when such purchases are deemed appropriate. We originate fixed-rate and adjustable-rate residential real estate loans through our banking offices. In addition, we have established relationships with correspondent banks and mortgage brokers to originate loans.

 

During 2008, we originated $435 million of residential real estate loans. This compares to originations of $671 million in 2007. From time to time, we have purchased whole loans and loan participations in accordance with our ongoing asset and liability management objectives. Purchases of residential real estate loans from correspondents and brokers primarily in the mid-Atlantic region totaled $27.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 and $53.0 million for 2007. Residential real estate loan sales totaled $30 million in 2008, $26.0 million in 2007 and $33.0 million in 2006. We sell certain newly originated mortgage loans in the secondary market primarily to control the interest rate sensitivity of our balance sheet and to manage overall balance sheet mix. We hold certain fixed-rate mortgage loans for investment consistent with our current asset/liability management strategies.

 

Our residential real estate portfolio includes only $16.9 million of sub-prime mortgage loans (less than 1% of our loan portfolio). Most of our subprime portfolio is well seasoned as is evidenced by our low charge-offs and delinquency ratios. Of these loans $368,000 were in nonaccrual status as of December 31, 2008. Net charge offs in this portfolio for the year were minimal at $32,000 or 19 basis points.

 

At December 31, 2008, we serviced approximately $269 million of residential mortgage loans for others compared to $255 million at December 31, 2007. We also service residential mortgage loans for our own portfolio totaling $423 million and $447 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

 

We originate commercial real estate and commercial loans through our commercial lending division. Commercial loans are made for working capital, financing equipment acquisitions, business expansion and other business purposes. During 2008, we originated $870 million of commercial and commercial real estate loans compared with $908 million in 2007. To reduce our exposure on certain types of these loans, or to maintain relationships within internal lending limits, at times we will sell a portion of our commercial real estate loan portfolio, typically through loan participations. Commercial real estate loan sales totaled $39.3 million and $19.3 million in 2008 and 2007, respectively. These amounts represent gross contract amounts and do not reflect amounts outstanding on those loans.

 

Our consumer lending activity is conducted through our branch offices, through correspondent banks and mortgage brokers. We originate a variety of consumer credit products including home improvement loans, home equity lines of credit, automobile loans, unsecured lines of credit and other secured and unsecured personal installment loans. During 2008, consumer loan originations amounted to $19.3 million compared to $19.0 million in 2007.

 

During 2006, we formed a new reverse mortgage initiative under the Bank’s retail leadership. While the Bank’s activity during 2008 has been limited to acting as a correspondent for these loans, our intention is to originate and underwrite our own reverse mortgages in the future. We expect to sell most of these loans and not hold them in our portfolio. These reverse mortgages are government approved and insured.              

 

During 2008, we acquired a majority interest in 1st Reverse Financial Services, LLC (1st Reverse), which specializes in originating and subsequently selling reverse mortgage loans nationwide. These reverse mortgages are government approved and insured.

 

 

 

19

 

 

All loans to one borrowing relationship exceeding $3.5 million must be approved by the Senior Management Loan Committee (“SLC”). The Executive Committee of the Board of Directors (“EC”) reviews the minutes of the SLC meetings. They also approve individual loans exceeding $5 million for customers with less than one year of significant loan history with the Bank and loans in excess of $7.5 million for customers with established borrowing relationships. Depending upon their experience and management position, individual officers of the Bank have the authority to approve smaller loan amounts. Our credit policy includes a “House Limit” to one borrowing relationship of $20 million. In extraordinary circumstances, we will approve exceptions to the “House Limit”. The largest is a borrowing relationship of $34.3 million, which the EC approved. This borrowing is secured by U.S. Treasury securities which have a value at maturity equal to or exceeding the aggregate loan principal.

 

Fee Income from Lending Activities.

 

We earn fee income from lending activities, including fees for originating loans, servicing loans and selling loan participations. We also receive fee income for making commitments to originate construction, residential and commercial real estate loans. Additionally, we collect fees related to existing loans which include prepayment charges, late charges and assumption fees.

 

We charge fees for making loan commitments. Also as part of the loan application process, the borrower may pay us for out-of-pocket costs to review the application, whether or not the loan is closed.

 

Most loan fees are not recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Operations immediately, but are deferred as adjustments of yield in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and are reflected in interest income. Those fees represented interest income of $1.1 million, $124,000, and $425,000 during 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. The increase in fee income in 2008 was mainly the result of several large prepayment penalties received during the year. Loan fees other than those considered adjustments of yield (such as late charges) are reported as loan fee income, a component of noninterest income.

 

LOAN LOSS EXPERIENCE, PROBLEM ASSETS AND DELINQUENCIES

 

Our results of operations can be negatively impacted by nonperforming assets, which include nonaccruing loans, nonperforming real estate investments and assets acquired through foreclosure. Nonaccruing loans are those on which the accrual of interest has ceased. Loans are placed on nonaccrual status immediately if, in the opinion of management, collection is doubtful, or when principal or interest is past due 90 days or more and collateral is insufficient to cover principal and interest. Interest accrued, but not collected at the date a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, is reversed and charged against interest income. In addition, the amortization of net deferred loan fees is suspended when a loan is placed on nonaccrual status. Subsequent cash receipts are applied either to the outstanding principal balance or recorded as interest income, depending on management’s assessment of the ultimate collectability of principal and interest.

 

We endeavor to manage our portfolio to identify problem loans as promptly as possible and take immediate actions to minimize losses. To accomplish this, our Risk Management Department monitors the asset quality of our loan and investment in real estate portfolios and reports such information to the Credit Policy Committee, the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors and the Bank’s Controller’s Department.

 

 

 

 

 

20

 

 

SOURCES OF FUNDS

 

We manage our liquidity risk and funding needs through our treasury function and our Asset/Liability Committee. Historically, we have had success in growing our loan portfolio. For example, during the year ended December 31, 2008, net loan growth resulted in the net use of $236.7 million in cash. The loan growth was primarily the result of our continued success in increasing corporate and small business lending. Management expects this trend to continue. While our loan-to-deposit ratio has been well above 100% for many years, management has significant experience managing its funding needs through borrowings and deposit growth.

 

As a financial institution, we have ready access to several sources of funding. Among these are:

 

Deposit growth

 

Brokered deposits

 

Borrowing from the FHLB

 

Fed Discount Window access

 

Other borrowings such as repurchase agreements

 

Cash flow from securities and loan sales and repayments

 

Net income.

 

Our current branch expansion and renovation program is focused on expanding our retail footprint in Delaware and attracting new customers to provide additional deposit growth. Customer deposit growth was strong, equaling $227.9 million, or 15%, between December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2008. During 2008 we acquired six Delaware branches from Sun National Bank, including $95.3 million in customer deposit accounts.

 

Deposits. We offer various deposit programs to our customers, including savings accounts, demand deposits, interest-bearing demand deposits, money market deposit accounts and certificates of deposits. In addition, we accept “jumbo” certificates of deposit with balances in excess of $100,000 from individuals, businesses and municipalities in Delaware.

 

WSFS is the second largest independent full service banking institution headquartered and operating in Delaware. The Bank primarily attracts deposits through its system of 35 retail banking offices (as of December 31, 2008). Twenty -four banking offices were located in northern Delaware’s New Castle County, WSFS’ primary market. These banking offices maintain approximately 156,000 total account relationships with approximately 60,000 total households. Four banking offices are located in central Delaware’s Kent County, two of which are in the state capital, Dover. Four banking offices are located in Delaware’s Sussex County and three other banking offices are located in nearby southeastern Pennsylvania.

 

The following table shows the maturity of certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more as of December 31, 2008:

 


Maturity Period

 

December 31,
2008

 

 

 

(In Thousands)

 

Less than 3 months

 

$

104,129

 

Over 3 months to 6 months

 

 

70,890

 

Over 6 months to 12 months

 

 

73,731

 

Over 12 months

 

 

50,921

 

 

 

$

299,671

 

 

Borrowings. We utilize the following borrowing sources to fund operations:

 

 

 

 

21

 

 

Federal Home Loan Bank Advances

 

As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh, we are able to obtain Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances. Advances from the FHLB of Pittsburgh had rates ranging from 0.57% to 5.45% at December 31, 2008. Pursuant to collateral agreements with the FHLB, the advances are secured by qualifying first mortgage loans, qualifying fixed-income securities, FHLB stock and an interest-bearing demand deposit account with the FHLB. We are required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the FHLB of Pittsburgh in an amount at least equal to 4.65% of its borrowings from them, plus 0.65% of our unused borrowing capacity. As of December 31, 2008, our FHLB stock investment totaled $39.3 million.

 

At December 31, 2008 we had $816.0 million in FHLB advances. Eight advances are outstanding at December 31, 2008 totaling $180.0 million, with a weighted average rate of 4.37% maturing in 2009 and beyond. At the discretion of the FHLB, theses eight advances are convertible quarterly to a variable rate advance based upon a three-month LIBOR rate, after an initial fixed term. If any of these advances convert, we have the option to prepay these advances at predetermined times or rates.

 

In December 2008, the FHLB of Pittsburgh announced the suspension of both dividend payments and the repurchase of capital stock until such time as it becomes prudent to reinstate both. During 2008 we received $1.5 million in dividends from the FHLB of Pittsburgh.

 

Trust Preferred Borrowings

 

In 2005, we issued $67.0 million aggregate principal amount of Pooled Floating Rate Securities at a variable interest rate of 177 basis points over the three-month LIBOR rate. The proceeds from this issuance were used to fund the redemption of $51.5 million of Floating Rate Capital Trust I Preferred Securities which had a variable interest rate of 250 basis points over the three-month LIBOR rate.

 

Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

 

During 2008, we purchased federal funds as a short-term funding source. At December 31, 2008, we had purchased $50.0 million in federal funds at a rate of 0.38%. At December 31, 2007, we also had $50.0 million in federal funds purchased.

 

During 2008, we sold securities under agreements to repurchase as a funding source. At December 31, 2008, securities sold under agreements to repurchase had a fixed rate of 4.87%. The underlying securities are mortgage-backed securities with a book value of $29.5 million at December 31, 2008.

 

PERSONNEL

 

As of December 31, 2008 we had 633 full-time equivalent Associates (employees). The Associates are not represented by a collective bargaining unit. Management believes its relationship with its Associates is very good.

 

 

 

 

22

 

 

REGULATION

 

Regulation of the Corporation

 

General. We are a registered savings and loan holding company and are subject to the regulation, examination, supervision and reporting requirements of the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”). We are also a registered public company subject to the reporting requirements of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. The filings we make with Securities and Exchange Commission, including Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports, are available on the investor relations page of our website at www.wsfsbank.com.

 

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. The Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) has promulgated new regulations pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Act”) and may continue to propose additional implementing or clarifying regulations as necessary in furtherance of the Act. The passage of the Act and the regulations implemented by the SEC subject publicly-traded companies to additional and more cumbersome reporting regulations and disclosure. Compliance with the Act and corresponding regulations has increased our expenses.

 

Restrictions on Acquisitions. A savings and loan holding company must obtain the prior approval of the Director of OTS before acquiring (i) control of any other savings association or savings and loan holding company or substantially all the assets thereof, or (ii) more than 5% of the voting shares of a savings association or holding company thereof which is not a subsidiary. Except with the prior approval of the Director of OTS, no director or officer of a savings and loan holding company or person owning or controlling by proxy or otherwise more than 25% of such company’s stock, may also acquire control of any savings association, other than a subsidiary savings association, or of any other savings and loan holding company.

 

The OTS may only approve acquisitions resulting in the formation of a multiple savings and loan holding company which controls savings associations in more than one state if: (i) the company involved controls a savings institution which operated a home or branch office in the state of the association to be acquired as of March 5, 1987; (ii) the acquirer is authorized to acquire control of the savings association pursuant to the emergency acquisition provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act; or (iii) the statutes of the state in which the association to be acquired is located specifically permit institutions to be acquired by state-chartered associations or savings and loan holding companies located in the state where the acquiring entity is located (or by a holding company that controls such state-chartered savings institutions). The laws of Delaware do not specifically authorize out-of-state savings associations or their holding companies to acquire Delaware-chartered savings associations.

 

The statutory restrictions on the formation of interstate multiple holding companies would not prevent us from entering into other states by mergers or branching. OTS regulations permit federal associations to branch in any state or states of the United States and its territories. Except in supervisory cases or when interstate branching is otherwise permitted by state law or other statutory provision, a federal association may not establish an out-of-state branch unless the federal association qualifies as a “domestic building and loan association” under Section 7701(a)(19) of the Internal Revenue Code or as a “qualified thrift lender” under the Home Owners’ Loan Act and the total assets attributable to all branches of the association in the state would qualify such branches taken as a whole for treatment as a domestic building and loan association or qualified thrift lender. Federal associations generally may not establish new branches unless the association meets or exceeds minimum regulatory capital requirements. The OTS will also consider the association’s record of compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 in connection with any branch application.

 

Recent Legislative and Regulatory Initiatives to Address the Current Financial and Economic Crisis Congress, the United States Department of the Treasury (“Treasury”) and the federal banking regulators, including the FDIC, have taken broad action since early September 2008 to address volatility in the

 

 

 

 

23

 

 

U.S. banking system and financial markets. See “Recent Legislation” under Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for further discussion.

 

Regulation of WSFS Bank

 

General. As a federally chartered savings institution, the Bank is subject to extensive regulation by the Office of Thrift Supervision. The lending activities and other investments of the Bank must comply with various federal regulatory requirements. The OTS periodically examines the Bank for compliance with regulatory requirements. The FDIC also has the authority to conduct special examinations of the Bank. The Bank must file reports with the OTS describing its activities and financial condition. The Bank is also subject to certain reserve requirements promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board.

 

Transactions with Affiliates; Tying Arrangements. The Bank is subject to certain restrictions in its dealings with us and our affiliates. Transactions between savings associations and any affiliate are governed by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act. An affiliate of a savings association, generally, is any company or entity which controls or is under common control with the savings association or any subsidiary of the savings association that is a bank or savings association. In a holding company context, the parent holding company of a savings association (such as “WSFS Financial Corporation”) and any companies which are controlled by such parent holding company are affiliates of the savings association. Generally, Sections 23A and 23B (i) limit the extent to which the savings institution or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of such institution’s capital stock and surplus, and limit the aggregate of all such transactions with all affiliates to an amount equal to 20% of such capital stock and surplus and (ii) require that all such transactions be on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable, to the institution or subsidiary as those provided to a non-affiliate. The term “covered transaction” includes the making of loans, purchase of assets, issuance of a guarantee and similar types of transactions. In addition to the restrictions imposed by Sections 23A and 23B, no savings association may (i) lend or otherwise extend credit to an affiliate that engages in any activity impermissible for bank holding companies, or (ii) purchase or invest in any stocks, bonds, debentures, notes or similar obligations of any affiliate, except for affiliates which are subsidiaries of the savings association. Savings associations are also prohibited from extending credit, offering services, or fixing or varying the consideration for any extension of credit or service on the condition that the customer obtain some additional service from the institution or certain of its affiliates or that the customer not obtain services from a competitor of the institution, subject to certain limited exceptions.

 

Regulatory Capital Requirements. Under OTS capital regulations, savings institutions must maintain “tangible” capital equal to 1.5% of adjusted total assets, “Tier 1” or “core” capital equal to 4% of adjusted total assets (or 3% if the institution is rated composite 1 under the OTS examiner rating system), and “total” capital (a combination of core and “supplementary” capital) equal to 8% of risk-weighted assets. In addition, OTS regulations impose certain restrictions on savings associations that have a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 8.0%, a ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of less than 4.0% or a ratio of Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets of less than 4.0% (or 3.0% if the institution is rated Composite 1 under the OTS examination rating system). For purposes of these regulations, Tier 1 capital has the same definition as core capital.

 

The OTS capital rule defines Tier 1 or core capital as common stockholders’ equity (including retained earnings), noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus, minority interests in the equity accounts of fully consolidated subsidiaries, certain nonwithdrawable accounts and pledged deposits of mutual institutions and “qualifying supervisory goodwill,” less intangible assets other than certain supervisory goodwill and, subject to certain limitations, mortgage and non-mortgage servicing rights, purchased credit card relationships and credit-enhancing interest only strips. Tangible capital is given the same definition as core capital but does not include qualifying supervisory goodwill and is reduced by the amount of all the savings

 

 

 

 

24

 

 

institution’s intangible assets except for limited amounts of mortgage servicing assets. The OTS capital rule requires that core and tangible capital be reduced by an amount equal to a savings institution’s debt and equity investments in “non-includable” subsidiaries engaged in activities not permissible to national banks, other than subsidiaries engaged in activities undertaken as agent for customers or in mortgage banking activities and subsidiary depository institutions or their holding companies. At December 31, 2008, the Bank was in compliance with both the core and tangible capital requirements.

 

The risk weights assigned by the OTS risk-based capital regulation range from 0% for cash and U.S. government securities to 100% for consumer and commercial loans, non-qualifying mortgage loans, property acquired through foreclosure, assets more than 90 days past due and other assets. In determining compliance with the risk-based capital requirement, a savings institution may include both core capital and supplementary capital in its total capital, provided the amount of supplementary capital included does not exceed the savings institution’s core capital. Supplementary capital is defined to include certain preferred stock issues, non-withdrawable accounts and pledged deposits that do not qualify as core capital, certain approved subordinated debt, certain other capital instruments, general loan loss allowances up to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets and up to 45% of unrealized gains on available-for-sale equity securities with readily determinable fair values. Total capital is reduced by the amount of the institution’s reciprocal holdings of depository institution capital instruments and all equity investments. At December 31, 2007, WSFS Bank was in compliance with the OTS risk-based capital requirements.

 

Dividend Restrictions. As the subsidiary of a savings and loan holding company, WSFS bank must submit notice to the OTS prior to making any capital distribution (which includes cash dividends and payments to shareholders of another institution in a cash merger). In addition, a savings association must make application to the OTS to pay a capital distribution if (x) the association would not be adequately capitalized following the distribution, (y) the association’s total distributions for the calendar year exceeds the association’s net income for the calendar year to date plus its net income (less distributions) for the preceding two years, or (z) the distribution would otherwise violate applicable law or regulation or an agreement with or condition imposed by the OTS.

 

Insurance of Deposit Accounts. The Bank’s deposits are insured to applicable limits by the FDIC (“Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation”). Although the FDIC is authorized to assess premiums under a risk-based system for such deposit insurance, most insured depository institutions have not been required to pay premiums for the last ten years. The Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005 (the “Reform Act”), which was signed into law on February 15, 2006, resulted in significant changes to the federal deposit insurance program: (i) effective March 31, 2006, the Bank Insurance Fund and the Savings Association Insurance Fund were merged into a new combined fund, called the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”); (ii) the current $100,000 deposit insurance coverage will be indexed for inflation (with adjustments every five years, commencing January 1, 2011); and (iii) deposit insurance coverage for retirement accounts was increased to $250,000 per participant subject to adjustment for inflation. In addition, the Reform Act gave the FDIC greater latitude in setting the assessment rates for insured depository institutions, which could be used to impose minimum assessments.

 

Due to the recent difficult economic conditions, deposit insurance per account owner has been raised to $250,000 for all types of accounts until January 1, 2010. In addition, the FDIC adopted an optional Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program by which, for a fee, noninterest bearing transaction accounts would receive unlimited insurance coverage until December 31, 2009 and, for a fee, certain senior unsecured debt issued by institutions and their holding companies between October 13, 2008 and June 30, 2009 would be guaranteed by the FDIC through June 30, 2012. The Bank made the business decision to participate in the unlimited noninterest bearing transaction account coverage and the Bank and the Company elected to participate in the unsecured debt guarantee program. The assessments for unlimited noninterest bearing transaction account coverage will total 10 basis points per $100 of insured deposits during 2009. The assessments for unsecured debt guarantee program coverage will total 75 basis points per $100 of insured deposits during 2009.

 

 

 

 

25

 

 

The FDIC is authorized to set the reserve ratio for the DIF annually at between 1.15% and 1.5% of estimated insured deposits. If the DIF’s reserves exceed the designated reserve ratio, the FDIC is required to pay out all or, if the reserve ratio is less than 1.5%, a portion of the excess as a dividend to insured depository institutions based on the percentage of insured deposits held on December 31, 1996 adjusted for subsequently paid premiums. Insured depository institutions that were in existence on December 31, 1996 and paid assessments prior to that date (or their successors) were entitled to a one-time credit against future assessments based on the amount of their assessable deposits on that date. During 2008 we were able to offset $330,000 of our deposit insurance premium. We have no remaining credits available to offset our deposit insurance premiums for 2009.

 

Pursuant to the Reform Act, the FDIC has maintained the designated reserve ratio at 1.25%. The FDIC has also adopted a new risk-based premium system that provides for quarterly assessments based on an insured institution’s ranking in one of four risk categories based on their examination ratings and capital ratios. Beginning in 2007, well-capitalized institutions with a CAMELS (“Capital, Assets, Management, Earnings, Liquidity and Sensitivity to market risk”) rating of 1 or 2 will be grouped in Risk Category I and will be assessed for deposit insurance at an annual rate of between five and seven basis points, with the assessment rate for an individual institution to be determined according to a formula based on a weighted average of the institution’s individual CAMEL component ratings, plus either five financial ratios or the average ratings of its long-term debt. Institutions in Risk Categories II, III and IV will be assessed at annual rates of 10, 28 and 43 basis points, respectively.

On October 16, 2008, the FDIC published a notice in the Federal Register concerning its establishment of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Restoration Plan (the “Restoration Plan”). The Restoration Plan is a five year recapitalization plan for the DIF (subsequently amended to cover a seven-year time frame, as discussed below) based, in part, on significantly higher assessed DIF rates. Concurrent with the publication of the Restoration Plan, the FDIC issued a proposed rule to increase the DIF assessed rates for the first quarter of 2009 by 7 bps and, effective April 1, 2009, to make certain other changes regarding risk-based assessment and to set new deposit insurance rates. On December 22, 2008, the FDIC issued a final rule in which it invoked the “good cause” exception of the Administrative Procedures Act to waive the requirement that once finalized a rule must have a delayed effective date of 30 days from the publication date and, effective January 1, 2009, raised the first quarter 2009 DIF assessed rates by 7 bps. Under the final rule, for the first quarter of 2009, the new rates were expressed to range between 12 and 50 cents per $100 in assessable deposits depending on the risk category to which an insured depository institution was assigned. Institutions in Risk Category I were charged a rate between 12 and 14 cents per $100 in assessable deposits for the first quarter of 2009. Such an increase in the DIF assessed rates more than doubles the previous applicable rates for Tier I institutions.

On February 27, 2009 the FDIC amended the Restoration Plan for the DIF. Under the amended Restoration Plan, the FDIC extended the horizon from five years to seven years to raise the DIF reserve ratio to 1.15 percent, in recognition of the current significant strains on banks and the financial system and the likelihood of a severe recession. The amended Restoration Plan was accompanied by a final rule that sets assessment rates and makes adjustments to recognize how the assessment system differentiates for risk. Currently, most banks are in the best risk category and pay anywhere from 12 cents per $100 of deposits to 14 cents per $100 for insurance. Under the final rule, banks in this category will pay initial base rates ranging from 12 cents per $100 to 16 cents per $100 on an annual basis, beginning on April 1, 2009. Changes to the assessment system include higher rates for institutions that rely significantly on secured liabilities, which would increase the FDIC’s loss in the event of institutional failure, without providing additional assessment revenue. Under the final rule, assessments will be higher for institutions that rely significantly on brokered deposits but, for well-managed and well-capitalized institutions, only when accompanied by rapid asset growth. The final rule also provides incentives in the form of a reduction in assessment rates for institutions to hold long-term unsecured debt and, for smaller institutions, high levels of Tier 1 capital.

 

 

 

 

26

 

 

On February 27, 2009, the FDIC proposed an additional amendment to the Restoration Plan for the DIF. This amendment proposes the imposition of a 20 basis point emergency special assessment on insured depository institutions as of June 30, 2009. The assessment is proposed to be collected on September 30, 2009. The interim rule would also permit the FDIC to impose an emergency special assessment after June 30, 2009, of up to ten basis points if necessary to maintain public confidence in federal deposit insurance. On March 5, 2009, FDIC Chairman Sheila Bair announced that if Congress adopts legislation expanding the FDIC’s line of credit with Treasury from $30 billion to $100 billion, the FDIC might have the flexibility to reduce the special emergency assessment, possibly from 20 to 10 basis points. This assessment will be in addition to the new assessment rates which become effective April 1, 2009.

 

In addition, all FDIC-insured institutions are required to pay assessments to the FDIC to fund interest payments on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation (“FICO”), an agency of the Federal government established to recapitalize the predecessor to the SAIF. The FICO assessment rates, which are determined quarterly, averaged 0.011% of insured deposits in fiscal 2008. These assessments will continue until the FICO bonds mature in 2019.

 

Federal Reserve System. Pursuant to regulations of the Federal Reserve Board, a savings institution must maintain reserves against their transaction accounts. As of December 31, 2008, no reserves were required to be maintained on the first $10.3 million of transaction accounts, reserves of 3% were required to be maintained against the next $34.1 million of transaction accounts and a reserve of 10% against all remaining transaction accounts. This percentage is subject to adjustment by the Federal Reserve Board. Because required reserves must be maintained in the form of vault cash or in a non-interest bearing account at a Federal Reserve Bank, the effect of the reserve requirement may reduce the amount of an institution’s interest-earning assets. As of December 31, 2008 we met our reserve requirements.

 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

 

The following are certain risks that management believes are specific to our business. This should not be viewed as an all inclusive list and the order is not intended as an indicator of the level of importance.

 

Recent legislative and regulatory initiatives to address difficult market and economic conditions may not stabilize the U.S. economy or the U.S. banking system.

On October 3, 2008, President Bush signed into law the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”) which, among other measures, authorizes Treasury to purchase from financial institutions and their holding companies up to $700 billion in mortgage loans, mortgage-related securities and certain other financial instruments, including debt and equity securities issued by financial institutions and their holding companies, under a troubled asset relief program (“TARP”). The purpose of TARP is to restore confidence and stability to the U.S. banking system and to encourage financial institutions to increase their lending to customers and to each other. Under the TARP Capital Purchase Program, Treasury is purchasing equity securities from participating institutions. The Series A Preferred Stock and warrant offered by this prospectus were issued by us to Treasury pursuant to the TARP Capital Purchase Program. The EESA also increased federal deposit insurance on most deposit accounts from $100,000 to $250,000. This increase is in place until the end of 2009 and is not covered by deposit insurance premiums paid by the banking industry.

The EESA followed, and has been followed by, numerous actions by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the U.S. Congress, Treasury, the FDIC, the SEC and others to address the current liquidity and credit crisis that has followed the sub-prime meltdown that commenced in 2007. These measures include homeowner relief that encourage loan restructuring and modification; the establishment of significant liquidity and credit facilities for financial institutions and investment banks; the lowering of the federal funds rate; emergency action against short selling practices; a temporary guaranty program for money market funds; the establishment of a commercial paper funding facility to provide back-stop liquidity to commercial paper issuers; and coordinated international efforts to address illiquidity and other weaknesses in the banking sector.

 

 

 

 

27

 

 

Most recently, on February 17, 2009, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”) was signed into law. ARRA, more commonly known as the economic stimulus bill or economic recovery package, is intended to stimulate the economy and provides for broad infrastructure, education and health spending.

On October 14, 2008, the FDIC announced the establishment of a temporary liquidity guarantee program to provide full deposit insurance for all non-interest bearing transaction accounts and guarantees of certain newly issued senior unsecured debt issued by FDIC-insured institutions and their holding companies. Insured institutions were automatically covered by this program from October 14, 2008 until December 5, 2008, unless they opted out prior to that date. Under the program, the FDIC will guarantee timely payment of newly issued senior unsecured debt issued on or before June 30, 2009. The debt includes all newly issued unsecured senior debt including promissory notes, commercial paper and inter-bank funding. The aggregate coverage for an institution may not exceed 125% of its debt outstanding on September 30, 2008 that was scheduled to mature before June 30, 2009, or, for certain insured institutions, 2% of liabilities as of September 30, 2008. The guarantee will extend to June 30, 2012 even if the maturity of the debt is after that date. The Bank elected to participate in both parts of the temporary liquidity guarantee program.

The purpose of these legislative and regulatory actions is to stabilize the U.S. banking system. The EESA, the ARRA and the other regulatory initiatives described above may not have their desired effects. If the volatility in the markets continues and economic conditions fail to improve or worsen, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected.

Difficult market conditions and economic trends have adversely affected our industry and our business.

We are particularly exposed to downturns in the U. S. housing market. Dramatic declines in the housing market over the past year, with decreasing home prices and increasing delinquencies and foreclosures, have negatively impacted the credit performance of mortgage and construction loans and resulted in significant write-downs of assets by many financial institutions. In addition, the values of real estate collateral supporting many loans have declined and may continue to decline. General downward economic trends, reduced availability of commercial credit and increasing unemployment have negatively impacted the credit performance of commercial and consumer credit, resulting in additional write-downs. Concerns over the stability of the financial markets and the economy have resulted in decreased credit supply in part due to the reduction in non-bank providers of credit in the marketplace. This market turmoil and tightening of credit has led to increased commercial and consumer deficiencies, lack of customer confidence, increased market volatility and widespread reduction in general business activity. Competition among depository institutions for deposits has increased significantly. Financial institutions have experienced decreased access to deposits or borrowings. The resulting economic pressure on consumers and businesses and the lack of confidence in the financial markets may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and stock price. We do not expect that the difficult market conditions will improve in the near future. A worsening of these conditions would likely exacerbate the adverse effects of these difficult market conditions on us and others in the industry. In particular, we may face the following risks in connection with these events:

 

 

Our ability to assess the creditworthiness of customers and to estimate the losses inherent in our credit exposure is made more complex by these difficult market and economic conditions.

 

 

We also may be required to pay even higher Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation premiums than the recently increased level, because financial institution failures resulting from the depressed market conditions have depleted and may continue to deplete the deposit insurance fund and reduce its ratio of reserves to insured deposits.

 

 

Our ability to borrow from other financial institutions or the Federal Home Loan Bank on favorable terms or at all could be adversely affected by further disruptions in the capital markets or other events.

 

 

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

 

We may experience a decline in the value of our investment in Federal Home Loan Bank stock, which could result in a writedown of the investment.

 

 

We may experience increases in foreclosures, delinquencies and customer bankruptcies, as well as more restricted access to funds.

 

The securities purchase agreement between us and Treasury permits Treasury to impose additional restrictions on us retroactively.

 

The securities purchase agreement we entered into with Treasury permits Treasury to unilaterally amend the terms of the securities purchase agreement to comply with any changes in federal statutes after the date of its execution. ARRA imposed additional executive compensation and expenditure limits on all current and future TARP recipients, including us, until we have repaid the Treasury. These additional restrictions may impede our ability to attract and retain qualified executive officers. ARRA also permits TARP recipients to repay the Treasury without penalty or requirement that additional capital be raised, subject to Treasury’s consultation with our primary federal regulator while the securities purchase agreement required that, for a period of three years, the Series A Preferred Stock could generally only be repaid if we raised additional capital to repay the securities and such capital qualified as Tier 1 capital. Additional unilateral changes in the securities purchase agreement could have a negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Future loan losses may negatively impact the Company.

 

We are subject to credit risk, which is the risk of losing principal or interest due to borrowers’ failure to repay loans in accordance with their terms. A downturn in the economy or the real estate market in our market areas or a rapid change in interest rates could have a negative effect on collateral values and borrowers’ ability to repay. This deterioration in economic conditions could result in losses to us. To the extent loans are not paid timely by borrowers, the loans are placed on non-accrual, thereby reducing interest income.

Rapidly changing interest rate environments could reduce our profitability.

Interest and fees on loans and securities, net of interest paid on deposits and borrowings, are a large part of our net income. Interest rates are key drivers of our net interest margin and subject to many factors beyond the control of management. As interest rates change, net interest income is affected. Rapid increases or decreases in interest rates in the future could negatively impact our net interest margin.

 

 

 

 

29

 

 

Liquidity risk.

Due to our continued success in our lending operations, particularly in corporate and small business lending, our loans have exceeded customer deposit funding. Changes in interest rates or alternative investment opportunities and other factors may make deposit gathering more difficult. Additionally, interest rate changes or disruptions in the capital market may make the terms of the borrowings and brokered deposits less favorable. As a result, there is a risk that we will not have funds to meet our obligations when they come due. Interest rate and liquidity risk is managed by our Asset/Liability Committee (“ALCO”). While our loan-to-deposit ratio has been well above 100% for many years, management has significant experience managing its funding needs through borrowings and deposit growth. A liquidity crisis plan has been developed and is an important part of our liquidity management.

Current levels of market volatility are unprecedented.

The capital and credit markets have been experiencing volatility and disruption for more than a year. In recent months, the volatility and disruption has reached unprecedented levels. In some cases, the markets have produced downward pressure on stock prices and credit availability for certain issuers without regard to those issuers’ underlying financial strength. If current levels of market disruption and volatility continue or worsen, there can be no assurance that we will not experience an adverse effect, which may be material, on our ability to access capital and on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our profitability could be adversely affected if we are unable to promptly deploy the capital raised in our recent offering.

 

We may not be able to immediately deploy all of the capital raised in the recent sale of the Series A Preferred Stock to the Treasury. Investing the offering proceeds in securities until we are able to deploy the proceeds will provide lower margins than we generally earn on loans, potentially adversely affecting shareholder returns, including earnings per share, return on assets and return on equity.

The financial services industry is very competitive.

We face competition in attracting and retaining deposits, making loans, and providing other financial services throughout our market area. Our competitors include other community banks, larger banking institutions, and a wide range of other financial institutions such as credit unions, government-sponsored enterprises, mutual fund companies, insurance companies and other non-bank businesses. Many of these competitors have substantially greater resources than us. If we are unable to compete effectively, we will lose market share and will have less income from deposits and loans, which will negatively impact our net interest margin. Profitability of other products may be reduced as well.

Adverse changes in the economic growth and vitality in our banking markets may negatively impact us.

 

Our business is closely tied to the economies of Delaware and the contiguous counties outside of Delaware. A sustained economic downturn could adversely affect our net income.

 

We are subject to extensive regulation.

Our operations are subject to extensive regulation by federal banking authorities which impose requirements and restrictions on our operations. The impact of changes to laws and regulations or other actions by regulatory agencies could make regulatory compliance more difficult or expensive for us and could adversely affect our net income.

 

 

 

 

30

 

 

We may not be able to achieve our growth plans or effectively manage its growth.

There can be no assurance that growth opportunities will be available or that growth will be successfully managed. This includes, but is not limited to, growth in generating loans and gathering deposits. Due to our investment in future growth, failure to obtain sufficient growth would negatively effect our net income.

Inability to hire or retain certain key professionals, management and staff could adversely affect our revenues and net income.

We rely on key personnel to manage and operate our business, including major revenue generating functions such as our loan and deposit portfolios. The loss of key staff may adversely affect our ability to maintain and manage these portfolios effectively, which could negatively effect our revenues. In addition, loss of key personnel could result in increased recruiting and hiring expenses, which could cause a decrease in our net income.

We continually encounter technological change.

The financial services industry is continually undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. The effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to better serve customers and reduce costs. Our future success depends, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. Our largest competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. We may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our customers. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the financial services industry could have a material adverse impact on our business and, in turn, our financial condition and our net income.

 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

None.

 

 

 

 

31

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

 

The following table shows information regarding offices and material properties held by us, and our subsidiaries, at December 31, 2008:

 

 

 

 

 

Location

 

 

Owned/

Leased

 

 

Date Lease

Expires

Net Book Value

Of Property

or Leasehold

Improvements (1)

 

 

 

Deposits

 

 

 

 

(In Thousands)

WSFS :

 

 

 

 

WSFS Bank Center Branch (2)

Main Office

500 Delaware Avenue

Wilmington, De 19801

Leased

2019

1,808

764,942

Union Street Branch

211 North Union Street

Wilmington, DE 19805

Leased

2012

95

60,091

Trolley Square Branch

1711 Delaware Ave

Wilmington, DE 19806

Leased

2011

24

32,054

Fairfax Shopping Center (3)

2005 Concord Pike

Wilmington, DE 19803

Master Lease

 

7,991

81,113

Branmar Plaza Shopping Center Branch

1812 Marsh Road

Wilmington, DE 19810

Leased

2013

77

97,966

Prices Corner Shopping Center Branch

3202 Kirkwood Highway

Wilmington, DE 19808

Leased

2023

60

103,790

Pike Creek Shopping Center Branch

4730 Limestone Road

Wilmington, DE 19808

Leased

2015

677

81,689

University Plaza Shopping Center Branch

100 University Plaza

Newark, DE 19702

Leased

2026

1,328

51,205

College Square Shopping Center Branch (4)

Route 273 & Liberty Avenue

Newark, DE 19711

Leased

2012

161

101,802

Airport Plaza Shopping Center Branch

144 N. DuPont Hwy.

New Castle, DE 19720

Leased

2013

661

73,299

Stanton Branch

Inside ShopRite

1600 W. Newport Pike

Wilmington, DE 19804

Leased

2011

17

19,822

Glasgow Branch

Inside Safeway at People Plaza

Routes 40 & 896

Newark, DE 19702

Leased

2012

30

23,193

Middletown Crossing Shopping Center

400 East Main Street

Middletown, DE 19709

Leased

2017

940

42,488

Dover Branch

Inside Metro Food Market

257 North DuPont Highway

Dover, DE 19901

Leased

2010

44

13,527

 

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

Location

Owned/

Leased

Date Lease

Expires

Net Book Value

Of Property

or Leasehold

Improvements (1)

Deposits

(In Thousands)

West Dover Loan Office

Greentree Office Center

160 Greentree Drive

Suite 105

Dover, DE 19904

Leased

2014

20

31

Blue Bell Loan Office

721 Skippack Pike

Suite 101

Blue Bell, PA 19422

Leased

2012

21

10,868

Glen Eagle (5)

Inside Genaurdi’s Family Market

475 Glen Eagle Square

Glen Mills, PA 19342

Leased

2024

111

7,452

University of Delaware-Trabant University Center

17 West Main Street

Newark, DE 19716

Leased

2013

44

14,299

Brandywine Branch

Inside Safeway Market

2522 Foulk Road

Wilmington, DE 19810

Leased

2014

27

24,024

Operations Center

2400 Philadelphia Pike

Wilmington, DE 19703

Owned

 

685

N/A

Longwood Branch

Inside Genaurdi’s Family Market

830 E. Baltimore Pike

E. Marlboro, PA 19348

Leased

2010

68

10,725

Holly Oak Branch

Inside Super Fresh

2105 Philadelphia Pike

Claymont, DE 19703

Leased

2015

45

18,769

Hockessin Branch

7450 Lancaster Pike

Wilmington, DE 19707

Leased

2015

566

67,670

Lewes Branch

Southpointe Professional Center

1515 Savannah Road, Suite 103

Lewes, DE 19958

Leased

2013

101

37,460

Fox Run Shopping Center

210 Fox Hunt Drive

Bear, DE 19701

Leased

2015

884

50,644

Camden Town Center

4566 S. Dupont Highway

Camden, DE 19934

Leased

2024

956

25,358

Rehoboth Branch

19335 coastal Highway

Lighthouse Plaza

Rehoboth, DE 19771

Leased

2028

930

50,175

Loan Operations

30 Blue Hen Drive

Suite 200

Newark, DE 19713

Leased

2012

3

N/A

West Dover Branch

1486 Forest Avenue

Dover, DE 19904

Owned

 

2,182

24,953

Longneck Branch

25926 Plaza Drive

Millsboro, DE 19966

Leased

2026

1,234

30,693

 

 

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

Location

Owned/

Leased

Date Lease

Expires

Net Book Value

Of Property

or Leasehold

Improvements (1)

Deposits

(In Thousands)

Smyrna

Simon’s Corner Shopping Center

400 Jimmy Drive

Smyrna, DE 19977

Leased

2028

1,264

23,694

Oxford, LPO

59 South Third Street

Suite 1

Oxford, PA

Leased

2011

34

8,967

Greenville

3908 Kennett Pike

Greenville, DE

Owned

 

2,075

24,652

WSFS Bank Center

500 Delaware Avenue

Wilmington, De 19801

Leased

2011

760

12,684

Market Street Branch (7)

833 Market Street

Wilmington, De 19801

Leased

2009

77

63,052

Annandale, VA

7010 Little River Tnpk.

Suite 330

Annandale, VA 22003

Leased

2011

16

782

Oceanview (6)

69 Atlantic Avenue

Oceanview, DE 19970

Leased

2024

177

N/A

Selbyville

Strawberry Center

Unit 2

Selbyville, DE 19975

Leased

2013

55

5,896

Lewes (7)

34383 Carpenters Way

Lewes, DE 19958

Leased

2028

N/A

N/A

Millsboro (8)

26644 Center View Drive

Millsboro, DE 19966

Leased

2029

45

N/A

 

Concord Square

4401 Concord Pike

Wilmington, DE 19803

Leased

2011

61

30,227

 

Crossroads

2080 New Castle Avenue

New Castle, DE 19720

Leased

2013

61

16,355

 

Delaware City

145 Clinton Street

Delaware City, DE 19706

Owned

 

122

5,013

 

Governor’s Square

1101 Governor’s Place

Bear, DE 19701

Leased

2010

61

10,928

 

Liberty Square (9)

1 Possum Park Shopping Center

Newark, DE 19711

Leased

2009

N/A

N/A

 

1st Reverse Financial Services

Headquarters

Quail Ridge Office Center

Quail Ridge Drive

Westmont, IL

Leased

2009

N/A

N/A

 

Call Center

1295 Corporate Drive

Hudson, OH 44236

Leased

2009

N/A

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cypress Capital Management, LLC

1220 Market Street

Suite 704

Wilmington, DE 19801

Leased

2010

5

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

$2,122,352

 

 

 

 

 

34

 

 

(1)

The net book value of all the Company’s investment in premise and equipment totaled $34.9 million at December 31, 2008.

(2)

Location of Corporate Headquarters and Montchanin Capital Management, Inc.

(3)

Includes Fairfax Branch office and shopping center which is under a master lease. Net book value represents the value of the entire facility.

(4)

Includes the Company’s education and development center.

(5)

As of December 31, 2008, location was under construction. Completion date is August, 2009.

(6)

As of December 31, 2008, location was under construction. Completion date is June, 2009.

(7)

As of December 31, 2008, location was under construction. Completion date is April, 2009.

(8)

As of December 31, 2008, location was under construction. Completion date is June, 2009.

(9)

No branch is open at this location. This lease was part of the Sun Branch purchase in October 2008.

 

 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

There are no material legal proceedings to be disclosed under this item.

 

ITEM 4. SUBMISSIONS OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

 

No matter was submitted to a vote of the stockholders during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 through the solicitation of proxies or otherwise.

 

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

 

Our Common Stock is traded on The Nasdaq Stock Market(SM) under the symbol WSFS. At December 31, 2008, we had 1,200 registered common stockholders of record. The following table sets forth the range of high and low sales prices for the Common Stock for each full quarterly period within the two most recent fiscal years as well as the quarterly dividends paid.

 

The closing market price of our common stock at December 31, 2008 was $47.99.

 

 

Stock Price Range

 

 

 

Low

 

High

 

Dividends

 

2008

4th

 

$

35.51

 

$

60.50

 

$

0.12

 

 

3rd

 

$

40.04

 

$

65.50

 

$

0.12

 

 

2nd

 

$

42.79

 

$

53.84

 

$

0.12

 

 

1st

 

$

41.12

 

$

54.17

 

$

0.10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

0.46

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007

4th

 

$

48.45

 

$

68.33

 

$

0.10

 

 

3rd

 

$

53.42

 

$

68.81

 

$

0.10

 

 

2nd

 

$

62.78

 

$

69.00

 

$

0.10

 

 

1st

 

$

60.91

 

$

70.85

 

$

0.08

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

0.38

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

35

 

COMPARATIVE STOCK PERFORMANCE GRAPH

 

The graph and table which follow show the cumulative total return on our Common Stock over the last five years compared with the cumulative total return of the Dow Jones Total Market Index and the Nasdaq Bank Index over the same period as obtained from Bloomberg L.P. Cumulative total return on our Common Stock or the index equals the total increase in value since December 31, 2003, assuming reinvestment of all dividends paid into the Common Stock or the index, respectively. The graph and table were prepared assuming $100 was invested on December 31, 2003 in our Common Stock and in each of the indexes. There can be no assurance that our future stock performance will be the same or similar to the historical stock performance shown in the graph below. We neither make nor endorse any predictions as to stock performance.

 

 

 

 

CUMULATIVE TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN

COMPARED WITH PERFORMANCE OF SELECTED INDEXES

December 31, 2003 through December 31, 2008

 


 

 

 

Cumulative Total Return

 

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WSFS Financial Corporation

$100

$134

$137

$153

$114

$110

Dow Jones Total Market Index

100

103

102

119

127

84

Nasdaq Bank Index

100

114

111

127

102

80

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36

 

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

At December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

3,432,560

 

$

3,200,188

 

$

2,997,396

 

$

2,846,752

 

$

2,502,956

 

Net loans (1)

 

 

2,443,835

 

 

2,233,980

 

 

2,019,741

 

 

1,775,294

 

 

1,535,467

 

Investment securities (2)

 

 

49,749

 

 

26,235

 

 

53,893

 

 

56,704

 

 

97,485

 

Investment in reverse mortgages, net

 

 

(61

)

 

2,037

 

 

598

 

 

785

 

 

(109

)

Other investments

 

 

39,521

 

 

46,615

 

 

41,615

 

 

46,466

 

 

44,477

 

Mortgage-backed securities (2)

 

 

498,205

 

 

496,492

 

 

516,711

 

 

620,323

 

 

524,144

 

Deposits

 

 

2,122,352

 

 

1,827,161

 

 

1,756,348

 

 

1,446,236

 

 

1,234,962

 

Borrowings (3)

 

 

999,734

 

 

1,068,149

 

 

935,668

 

 

1,127,997

 

 

1,002,609

 

Trust preferred borrowings

 

 

67,011

 

 

67,011

 

 

67,011

 

 

67,011

 

 

51,547

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

 

216,635

 

 

211,330

 

 

212,059

 

 

181,975

 

 

196,303

 

Number of full-service branches (4)

 

 

35

 

 

29

 

 

27

 

 

24

 

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

166,477

 

$

189,477

 

$

177,177

 

$

136,022

 

$

104,110

 

Interest expense

 

 

77,258

 

 

107,468

 

 

99,278

 

 

62,380

 

 

37,246

 

Noninterest income

 

 

45,989

 

 

48,166

 

 

40,305

 

 

34,653

 

 

31,950

 

Noninterest expenses

 

 

89,098

 

 

82,031

 

 

69,314

 

 

62,877

 

 

55,699

 

Income from continuing operations

 

 

16,136

 

 

29,649

 

 

30,441

 

 

27,856

 

 

25,757

 

Net income

 

 

16,136

 

 

29,649

 

 

30,441

 

 

27,856

 

 

25,900

 

Earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

 

$

2.62

 

$

4.69

 

$

4.59

 

$

4.10

 

$

3.60

 

Net income

 

 

2.62

 

 

4.69

 

 

4.59

 

 

4.10

 

 

3.62

 

Diluted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

 

 

2.57

 

 

4.55

 

 

4.41

 

 

3.89

 

 

3.39

 

Net income

 

 

2.57

 

 

4.55

 

 

4.41

 

 

3.89

 

 

3.41

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate spread

 

 

2.94

%

 

2.80

%

 

2.70

%

 

2.91

%

 

3.07

%

Net interest margin

 

 

3.13

 

 

3.09

 

 

2.98

 

 

3.13

 

 

3.24

 

Return on average equity (5)

 

 

7.30

 

 

14.34

 

 

15.42

 

 

14.78

 

 

13.54

 

Return on average assets (5)

 

 

0.50

 

 

0.98

 

 

1.03

 

 

1.05

 

 

1.10

 

Average equity to average assets (5)

 

 

6.86

 

 

6.87

 

 

6.68

 

 

7.10

 

 

8.13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes loans held-for-sale.

(2)

Includes securities available-for-sale.

(3)

Borrowings consist of FHLB advances, securities sold under agreement to repurchase and other borrowed funds.

(4)

WSFS opened two branches and acquired six (keeping four open and closing two) branches in 2008, opened three branches and closed one branch in 2007, opened three branches in 2006, and opened one branch in 2004.

(5)

Based on continuing operations.

 

 

 

 

37

ITEM 7 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

OVERVIEW

 

WSFS Financial Corporation (“the Company,” “our Company,” “we,” “our” or “us”) is a thrift holding company headquartered in Wilmington, Delaware. Substantially all of our assets are held by our subsidiary, Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB (“WSFS Bank” or the “Bank”). Founded in 1832, we are one of the ten oldest banks in the United States continuously-operating under the same name. As a federal savings bank, which was formerly chartered as a state mutual savings bank, we enjoy broader investment powers than most other financial institutions. We have served the residents of the Delaware Valley for over 175 years. We are the largest thrift institution headquartered in Delaware and the third largest financial institution in the state on the basis of total deposits traditionally garnered in-market. Our primary market area is the mid-Atlantic region of the United States, which is characterized by a diversified manufacturing and service economy. Our long-term strategy is to serve small and mid-size businesses through loans, deposits, investments, and related financial services, and to gather retail core deposits. Our strategic focus is to exceed customer expectations, deliver stellar service and build customer advocacy through highly trained, relationship oriented, friendly, knowledgeable, and empowered Associates.

 

We provide residential and commercial real estate, commercial and consumer lending services, as well as retail deposit and cash management services. In addition, we offer a variety of wealth management and personal trust services through WSFS Wealth Strategies, which was formed during 2005. Lending activities are funded primarily with retail deposits and borrowings. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insures our customers’ deposits to their legal maximum. We serve our customers primarily from our main office, 35 retail banking offices, loan production offices and operations centers located in Delaware, southeastern Pennsylvania and Virginia and through our website at www.wsfsbank.com.

 

We have two consolidated subsidiaries, WSFS Bank and Montchanin Capital Management, Inc. (“Montchanin”). We also have one unconsolidated affiliate, WSFS Capital Trust III (“the Trust”). WSFS Bank has a fully-owned subsidiary, WSFS Investment Group, Inc., which markets various third-party insurance products and securities through the Bank’s retail banking system. WSFS Bank also owns a majority interest in 1st Reverse Financial Services, LLC (1st Reverse), specializing in reverse mortgage lending.

 

Montchanin has one consolidated subsidiary, Cypress Capital Management, LLC (“Cypress”). Cypress is a Wilmington-based investment advisory firm serving high net-worth individuals and institutions. Cypress had approximately $410 million in assets under management at December 31, 2008.

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

Within this annual report and financial statements, management has included certain “forward-looking statements” concerning our future operations. Statements contained in this annual report which are not historical facts, are forward-looking statements as that term is defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. It is management’s desire to take advantage of the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. This statement is for the express purpose of availing the Corporation of the protections of such safe harbor with respect to all “forward-looking statements.” Management has used “forward-looking statements” to describe future plans and strategies including expectations of our future financial results. Management’s ability to predict results or the effect of future plans and strategy is inherently uncertain. Factors that could affect results include interest rate trends, competition, the general economic climate in Delaware, the mid-Atlantic region and the country as a whole, asset quality, loan growth, loan delinquency rates, operating risk, uncertainty of estimates in general, and changes in federal and state regulations, among other factors. These factors should be considered in evaluating the “forward-looking statements,” and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements. Actual results may differ materially from management expectations. We do not undertake, and specifically disclaim any obligation to publicly release the result of any revisions

 

 

 

38

that may be made to any forward-looking statements to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events or circumstances after the date of such statements.

 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

WSFS Financial Corporation recorded net income of $16.1 million or $2.57 per diluted share for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to $29.6 million or $4.55 per share and $30.4 million or $4.41 per share in 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

Net Interest Income. Net interest income increased $7.2 million, or 9%, to $89.2 million in 2008 compared to $82.0 million in 2007. The net interest margin for 2008 was 3.13%, up 0.04% from 2007. These increases were the result of a slightly liability sensitive balance sheet combined with active management of deposit pricing. In comparison to 2007, the yield on interest-bearing liabilities declined by 1.41%, while the yield on interest-earning assets only declined by 1.27%. The improvement in the net interest margin also reflects growth, and the improved mix of our balance sheet. The investment category on our average balance sheet includes income from reverse mortgages, which declined substantially in 2008 compared to 2007, consistent with decreases in home prices over the past year. During 2008 we lost $1.1 million on reverse mortgages compared to income of $2.0 million in 2007. For further discussion of reverse mortgages, see the “Reverse Mortgages” discussion included in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis and Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Net interest income increased $4.1 million, or 5%, to $82.0 million in 2007 compared to $77.9 million in 2006. The net interest margin for 2007 was 3.09%, up 0.11% from 2006. The overall improvement in the net interest margin over the previous year reflects loan growth and our continued efforts to refocus the mix of our balance sheet. Loans, with an average yield of 7.55%, increased $168.7 million on average while mortgage-backed securities, with an average yield of 4.93%, declined $99.4 million on average mostly due to scheduled repayments. In addition, interest-bearing deposits, with an average rate of 3.76%, increased $219.3 million on average while FHLB advances, with an average rate of 4.97%, decreased $210.1 million on average. The yield on earning assets increased 0.37% on average in comparison to 2006 while the rate on interest-bearing liabilities increased by 0.27% on average. Additionally, income from reverse mortgages increased $1.3 million in comparison to 2006.        

 

 

 

 

39

The following table sets forth certain information regarding changes in net interest income attributable to changes in the volumes of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and changes in the yields for the periods indicated. For each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided on the changes that are attributable to: (i) changes in volume (change in volume multiplied by prior year rate); (ii) changes in rates (change in rate multiplied by prior year volume on each category); and (iii) net change (the sum of the change in volume and the change in rate). Changes due to the combination of rate and volume changes (changes in volume multiplied by changes in rate) are allocated proportionately between changes in rate and changes in volume.

 

 

 

 

 

40

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

2008 vs. 2007

 

 

2007 vs. 2006

 

 

 

Volume

 

Yield/Rate

 

Net

 

 

Volume

 

Yield/Rate

 

Net

 

(Dollars in Thousands)     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Income:     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate loans     

 

$

5,722

 

$

(15,131

)

$

(9,409

)

 

$

4,281

 

$

(320

)

$

3,961

 

Residential real estate loans     

 

 

(1,280

)

 

360

 

 

(920

)

 

 

(1,244

)

 

1,186

 

 

(58

)

Commercial loans (1)     

 

 

9,460

 

 

(15,396

)

 

(5,936

)

 

 

10,318

 

 

475

 

 

10,793

 

Consumer loans     

 

 

894

 

 

(3,480

)

 

(2,586

)

 

 

870

 

 

317

 

 

1,187

 

Mortgage-backed securities     

 

 

(588

)

 

335

 

 

(253

)

 

 

(4,898

)

 

691

 

 

(4,207

)

Investment securities      

 

 

504

 

 

(3,610

)

 

(3,106

)

 

 

(1,638

)

 

2,430

 

 

792

 

Other      

 

 

155

 

 

(945

)

 

(790

)

 

 

(601

)

 

433

 

 

(168

)

Favorable (unfavorable)     

 

 

14,867

 

 

(37,867

)

 

(23,000

)

 

 

7,088

 

 

5,212

 

 

12,300

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense:     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits:     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing demand

 

 

217

 

 

(546

)

 

(329

)

 

 

180

 

 

428

 

 

608

 

Money market

 

 

(419

)

 

(5,542

)

 

(5,961

)

 

 

2,981

 

 

799

 

 

3,780

 

Savings

 

 

(106

)

 

(837

)

 

(943

)

 

 

(248

)

 

(310

)

 

(558

)

Retail time deposits

 

 

2,933

 

 

(4,515

)

 

(1,582

)

 

 

4,003

 

 

3,045

 

 

7,048

 

Jumbo certificates of deposits - nonretail

 

 

(229

)

 

(1,856

)

 

(2,085

)

 

 

927

 

 

149

 

 

1,076

 

Brokered certificates of deposits

 

 

258

 

 

(6,860

)

 

(6,602

)

 

 

1,815

 

 

835

 

 

2,650

 

FHLB of Pittsburgh advances

 

 

3,460

 

 

(12,401

)

 

(8,941

)

 

 

(10,342

)

 

3,025

 

 

(7,317

)

Trust Preferred

 

 

0

 

 

(1,478

)

 

(1,478

)

 

 

0

 

 

(300

)

 

(300

)

Other borrowed funds

 

 

1,500

 

 

(3,789

)

 

(2,289

)

 

 

1,090

 

 

113

 

 

1,203

 

Unfavorable (favorable)

 

 

7,614

 

 

37,824

)

 

(30,210

)

 

 

406

 

 

7,784

 

 

8,190

 

Net change, as reported

 

$

7,253

 

$

(43

)

$

7,210

 

 

$

6,682

 

$

(2,572

)

$

4,110

 

 

(1) The tax-equivalent income adjustment is related to commercial loans.

 

 

 

 

41

The following table provides information regarding the average balances of, and yields/rates on interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities during the periods indicated:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

Average
Balance

 

Interest

 

Yield/
Rate (1)

 

Average
Balance

 

Interest

 

Yield/
Rate (1)

 

Average
Balance

 

Interest

 

Yield/
Rate (1)

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Loans (2) (3):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Commercial real estate loans

$

763,825

 

$

46,647

 

6.11

%

$

687,614

 

$

56,056

 

8.15

%

$

635,133

 

$

52,095

 

8.20

%

    Residential real estate loans

 

437,223

 

 

25,531

 

5.84

 

 

459,043

 

 

26,451

 

5.76

 

 

481,308

 

 

26,509

 

5.51

 

    Commercial loans

 

840,303

 

 

50,830

 

6.08

 

 

709,507

 

 

56,766

 

8.05

 

 

582,546

 

 

45,973

 

7.97

 

    Consumer loans

 

282,943

 

 

17,653

 

6.24

 

 

270,518

 

 

20,239

 

7.48

 

 

258,946

 

 

19,052

 

7.36

 

        Total loans

 

2,324,294

 

 

140,661

 

6.10

 

 

2,126,682

 

 

159,512

 

7.55

 

 

1,957,933

 

 

143,629

 

7.39

 

  Mortgage-backed securities (4)

 

480,002

 

 

23,984

 

5.00

 

 

491,650

 

 

24,237

 

4.93

 

 

591,021

 

 

28,444

 

4.81

 

  Investment securities (4) (5)

 

34,263

 

 

254

 

0.74

 

 

29,130

 

 

3,360

 

11.53

 

 

55,004

 

 

2,568

 

4.67

 

  Other interest-earning assets

 

42,934

 

 

1,578

 

3.68

 

 

40,137

 

 

2,368

 

5.90

 

 

51,144

 

 

2,536

 

4.96

 

        Total interest-earning assets

 

2,881,493

 

 

166,477

 

5.82

 

 

2,687,599

 

 

189,477

 

7.09

 

 

2,655,102

 

 

177,177

 

6.72

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

(27,210

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(28,192

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(26,491

)

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

65,022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

70,387

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

57,771

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash in non-owned ATMs

 

172,304

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

158,091

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

153,060

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank-owned life insurance

 

58,503

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

56,307

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

53,137

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other noninterest-earning assets

 

70,838

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

67,711

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

63,793

 

 

 

 

 

 

        Total assets

$

3,220,950

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

3,011,903

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,956,372

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Interest-bearing deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Interest-bearing demand

$

174,080

 

 

1,064

 

0.61

%

$

148,039

 

 

1,393

 

0.94

%

$

123,599

 

 

785

 

0.64

%

    Money market

 

300,775

 

 

5,909

 

1.96

 

 

312,192

 

 

11,870

 

3.80

 

 

232,418

 

 

8,090

 

3.48

 

    Savings

 

197,175

 

 

736

 

0.37

 

 

211,453

 

 

1,679

 

0.79

 

 

240,426

 

 

2,237

 

0.93

 

    Retail time deposits

 

543,808

 

 

20,775

 

3.82

 

 

476,159

 

 

22,357

 

4.70

 

 

384,654

 

 

15,309

 

3.98

 

        Total interest-bearing retail deposits

 

1,215,838

 

 

28,484

 

2.34

 

 

1,147,843

 

 

37,299

 

3.25

 

 

981,097

 

 

26,421

 

2.69

 

    Jumbo certificates of deposit-nonretail

 

93,901

 

 

3,091

 

3.29

 

 

98,452

 

 

5,176

 

5.26

 

 

80,691

 

 

4,100

 

5.08

 

    Brokered certificates of deposit

 

282,760

 

 

8,234

 

2.91

 

 

277,860

 

 

14,836

 

5.34

 

 

243,070

 

 

12,186

 

5.01

 

        Total interest-bearing deposits

 

1,592,499

 

 

39,809

 

2.50

 

 

1,524,155

 

 

57,311

 

3.76

 

 

1,304,858

 

 

42,707

 

3.27

 

  FHLB of Pittsburgh advances

 

841,005

 

 

29,620

 

3.46

 

 

765,974

 

 

38,561

 

4.97

 

 

976,101

 

 

45,878

 

4.64

 

  Trust preferred borrowings

 

67,011

 

 

3,275

 

4.81

 

 

67,011

 

 

4,753

 

7.00

 

 

67,011

 

 

5,053

 

7.44

 

  Other borrowed funds

 

186,081

 

 

4,554

 

2.45

 

 

147,251

 

 

6,843

 

4.65

 

 

123,800

 

 

5,640

 

4.56

 

        Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

2,686,596

 

 

77,258

 

2.88

 

 

2,504,391

 

 

107,468

 

4.29

 

 

2,471,770

 

 

99,278

 

4.02

 

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits

 

283,845

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

272,964

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

262,838

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other noninterest-bearing liabilities

 

29,560

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27,737

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24,330

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minority interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

38

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

84

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

220,949

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

206,773

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

197,350

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and
stockholders’ equity

$

3,220,950

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

3,011,903

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,956,372

 

 

 

 

 

 

Excess of interest-earning assets
  over interest-bearing liabilities

$

194,897

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

183,208

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

183,332

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest and dividend income

 

 

 

$

89,219

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

82,009

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

77,899

 

 

 

Interest rate spread

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.94

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.80

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.70

%

Net interest margin

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.13

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.98

%

(1)

Weighted average yields have been computed on a tax-equivalent basis using a 35% effective tax rate.

(2)

Nonperforming loans are included in average balance computations.

(3)

Balances are reflected net of unearned income.

(4)

Includes securities available-for-sale.

(5)

Includes reverse mortgages.

 

 

 

42

Provision for Loan Losses. We maintain an allowance for loan losses at an appropriate level based on management’s assessment of the estimable and probable losses in the loan portfolio, pursuant to accounting literature, which is discussed further in the “Nonperforming Assets” section of this Management’s Discussion and Analysis. Management’s evaluation is based upon a review of the portfolio and requires significant judgment. For the year ended December 31, 2008, we recorded a provision for loan losses of $23.0 million compared to $5.0 million in 2007 and $2.7 million in 2006. The $23.0 million included $14.7 million recorded in the fourth quarter of 2008. The larger provision amount was due to the rapid deterioration in the economic environment during the fourth quarter. The $14.7 million includes the following: $7.3 million was related to four large construction loans and land development projects; $6.2 million was attributed to reserves for new loans, updated loss rate expectations on the consumer and mortgage portfolios, as well as credit risk migration in the commercial loan portfolio due to economic conditions; and $1.2 million was a result of consumer credit losses taken during the fourth quarter of 2008. The increase in the provision for loan loss reflects our proactive approach in confronting the reality of the deepening economic recession.

 

Noninterest Income. Noninterest income decreased $2.2 million to $46.0 million in 2008, or 5%, from $48.2 million in 2007. The majority of the decrease was due to a $2.5 million decrease in credit card/debit card and ATM income due to reduced prime based ATM bailment fees. Although noninterest income was negatively impacted by lower bailment fees, the net interest margin benefited due to lower funding costs for these borrowings. In addition, 2007 had included a $1.1 million non-recurring gain related to the sale of our former headquarters building and an $882,000 gain from the sale of our credit card portfolio. Also during the year, income from Bank-Owned Life Insuarance (BOLI) decreased $483,000 from the prior year due to lower yields in underlying investments funding this program. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in loan fee income of $1.3 million. The majority of the increase in loan fee income was due to $851,000 in fees from 1st Reverse Financial Services, LLC (“1st Reverse”). During the second quarter of 2008 we acquired a majority interest in 1st Reverse, specializing in both reverse mortgage lending directly to consumers and business-to-business reverse mortgage lending through banks, brokers and financial institutions throughout the United States. Deposit service charges also increased $1.1 million. This increase was a result of overall growth in deposits. In 2008 we also recorded a $1.8 million gain on the sale of shares related to the completion of Visa’s initial public offering, and a $1.6 million charge related to a mark-to-market adjustment on the $12.4 million BBB+ rated mortgage-backed security (“MBS”) issued in connection with a 2002 reverse mortgage securitization.

 

Noninterest income increased $7.9 million to $48.2 million in 2007, or 20%, from $40.3 million in 2006. This was attributable to a $3.2 million increase in deposit service charges as we continued to benefit from increased deposit accounts and offered additional fee-based services. The increase also included a $1.1 million non-recurring gain related to the sale of our former headquarters building and an $882,000 gain from the sale of our credit card portfolio. Credit/debit card and ATM income also increased $915,000 as a result of increased volumes of cash in non-owned ATMs and higher bailment fess earned on this cash. In 2007 we also recorded two offsetting $6.0 million items. Both occurred during the fourth quarter and resulted in a gain and an expense recognized from the donation of a N.C. Wyeth mural, Apotheosis of the Family, which was located in our former headquarters.

 

Noninterest Expenses. Noninterest expenses increased $7.1 million to $89.1 million in 2008, or 9%, from $82.0 million in 2007. Excluding $2.8 million of expenses related to 1st Reverse, acquired in the second quarter of 2008, expenses increased $4.3 million or 5% over 2007. As a result of continued growth efforts salaries, benefits, and other compensation increased $1.1 million while other operating expenses increased $1.2 million. Included in other operating expenses was a $453,000 increase in FDIC charges due to increased assessment rates. During 2008 the investment in WSFS franchise included the opening of one branch in Selbyville, Delaware, the relocation of another branch in Smyrna, Delaware, and the previously mentioned acquisition of branches. Further, during 2008 professional fees increased $1.3 million as a result of legal fees reflecting increased costs relating to problem credits, reflecting credit costs associated with the challenging credit environment.

 

 

 

 

43

Noninterest expenses increased $12.7 million to $82.0 million in 2007, or 18%, from $69.3 million in 2006. WSFS showed strong growth in 2007 which included the opening of three branch offices, one branch renovation, and the relocation of our corporate headquarters. As a result of this growth, the number of full-time associates grew to 599, resulting in increased salaries, benefits and other compensation of $4.3 million. This growth also affected both occupancy expense, which increased by $2.8 million, and other operating expenses, which increased by $1.9 million. During 2007 our marketing expenses increased $1.2 million, as a multi-year brand campaign was launched with the intent to leverage our Stellar Service model with the message “We Stand For Service.” Also during 2007, we recorded a $1.2 million expense related to the Visa antitrust lawsuit settlement with American Express and Discover.

 

Income Taxes. We recorded a $7.0 million tax provision for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $13.5 million and $15.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were 30.1%, 31.2% and 34.0%, respectively. The reduction in the 2008 effective tax rate is primarily the result of volatility in effective tax rates. The reduction in the 2007 effective tax rate is primarily the result of a $1.7 million tax benefit related to the previously discussed donation of the N.C. Wyeth mural. The provision for income taxes includes federal, state and local income taxes that are currently payable or deferred because of temporary differences between the financial reporting bases and the tax reporting bases of the assets and liabilities.

 

We analyze our projection of taxable income and make adjustments to our provision for income taxes accordingly. For additional information regarding our tax provision and net operating loss carryforwards, see Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

FINANCIAL CONDITION

 

Total assets increased $232.4 million, or 7%, during 2008 to $3.4 billion. This increase was predominantly due to growth in net loans, which grew $209.9 million, or 9%, during 2008. Total liabilities increased $227.1 million during the year to $3.2 billion at December 31, 2008. This increase was primarily the result of an increase in customer deposits of $227.9 million, or 15% and brokered deposits of $62.2 million, or 25% during 2008. Partially offsetting these increases was an $82.3 million, or 9% decrease in FHLB advances.

 

Cash in non-owned ATMs. During 2008, cash in non-owned ATMs managed by CashConnect, our ATM unit, increased $7.4 million, or 4%. This increase was the result of an increase in the number of ATMs serviced by CashConnect from 9,976 at December 31, 2007 to 10,031 at December 31, 2008. Of these, 301 ATMs were WSFS owned and operated during 2008.

 

Mortgage-backed Securities. Our mortgage-backed securities are predominantly “plain-vanilla”, AAA-rated and of short duration. Investments in mortgage-backed securities increased $1.4 million during 2008 to $498.2 million. There were no sales of mortgage-backed securities during 2008. The weighted average duration of the mortgage-backed securities was 2.9 years at December 31, 2008.

 

Investment Securities. Our investment securities are comprised mostly of Federal Agency debt securities with a maturity of four years or less. We own no Collateralized Debt Obligations, Bank Trust Preferred, Agency Preferred securities or equity securities in other FDIC insured banks or thrifts.

 

Loans, net. Net loans increased $209.9 million, or 9%, during 2008. This included increases of $155.4 million, or 20%, in commercial loans, $67.6 million, or 9%, in commercial real estate loans, and $18.5 million, or 7%, in consumer loans. This increase was partially offset by a decrease of $24.7 million, or 6%, in residential mortgage loans.

 

Customer Deposits. Customer deposits increased $227.9 million, or 15%, during 2008 to $1.7 billion. During 2008 we acquired six Delaware branches from Sun National Bank, including $95.3 million in customer deposit accounts and paid a 12% premium on the balances. For additional information regarding this transaction, see Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Customer time deposits (CDs) increased $129.0 million, or 25%, in 2008. In addition, core deposit relationships (demand deposits, money market and savings

 

 

 

 

44

accounts) increased $98.9 million, or 10%, during the year. The table below depicts the changes in customer deposits over the last three years:

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

(In Millions)

 

Beginning balance

 

$

1,479.2

 

$

1,343.7

 

$

1,193.9

 

Interest credited

 

 

34.6

 

 

32.4

 

 

26.3

 

Deposit inflows, net

 

 

193.3

 

 

103.1

 

 

123.5

 

Ending balance

 

$

1,707.1

 

$

1,479.2

 

$

1,343.7

 

 

Borrowings and Brokered Certificates of Deposit. Borrowings and brokered certificates of deposit decreased by $6.2 million, or less than 1%, during 2008. This decrease was primarily the result of a decrease in FHLB advances of $82.3 million, or 9%. Partially offsetting this decrease was a $62.2 million, or 25%, increase in brokered deposits. In addition, other borrowed funds increased $14.0 million, or 15%.

 

Stockholders’ Equity. Stockholders’ equity increased $5.3 million to $216.6 million at December 31, 2008. This increase included an increase of $7.4 million in comprehensive income and $3.0 million from the result of the exercise of common stock options. Partially offsetting these decreases was the purchase of 73,500 shares of treasury stock for $3.6 million. At December 31, 2008, we held 9.6 million shares of our common stock as treasury stock. Long-term, it is our intention to return some of our earnings to shareholders through share repurchases, which is subject to approval by the U.S. Treasury, while maintaining adequate levels of capital. In addition, we declared cash dividends totaling $2.8 million during 2008.

 

ASSET/LIABILITY MANAGEMENT

 

Our primary asset/liability management goal is to maximize net interest income opportunities within the constraints of managing interest rate risk, while ensuring adequate liquidity and funding and maintaining a strong capital base.

 

In general, interest rate risk is mitigated by closely matching the maturities or repricing periods of interest-sensitive assets and liabilities to ensure a favorable interest rate spread. We regularly review our interest-rate sensitivity, and use a variety of strategies as needed to adjust that sensitivity within acceptable tolerance ranges established by management and the Board of Directors. Changing the relative proportions of fixed-rate and adjustable-rate assets and liabilities is one of our primary strategies to accomplish this objective.

 

The matching of assets and liabilities may be analyzed by examining the extent to which such assets and liabilities are “interest-rate sensitive” and by monitoring an institution’s interest-sensitivity gap. An interest-sensitivity gap is considered positive when the amount of interest-rate sensitive assets exceeds the amount of interest-rate sensitive liabilities repricing within a defined period, and is considered negative when the amount of interest-rate sensitive liabilities exceeds the amount of interest-rate sensitive assets repricing within a defined period.

 

 

 

 

 

45

The repricing and maturities of our interest-rate sensitive assets and interest-rate sensitive liabilities at December 31, 2008 are set forth in the following table:

 

 

 

Less than
One Year

 

One to
Five Years

 

Over
Five Years

 

Total

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-rate sensitive assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate loans (1) (2)

 

$

815,324

 

$

300,644

 

$

117,258

 

$

1,233,226

 

Commercial loans (2)

 

 

746,480

 

 

157,100

 

 

39,340

 

 

942,920

 

Consumer loans (2)

 

 

170,870

 

 

53,329

 

 

72,529

 

 

296,728

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

141,048

 

 

249,121

 

 

108,036

 

 

498,205

 

Loans held-for-sale (2)

 

 

2,275

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,275

 

Investment securities

 

 

4,204

 

 

43,697

 

 

41,092

 

 

88,993

 

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks

 

 

216

 

 

 

 

 

 

216

 

 

 

 

1,880,417

 

 

803,891

 

 

378,255

 

 

3,062,563

 

Interest-rate sensitive liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market and interest-bearing demand deposits

 

 

189,559

 

 

14

 

 

351,968

 

 

541,541

 

Savings deposits

 

 

55,540

 

 

10

 

 

152,818

 

 

208,368

 

Retail time deposits

 

 

429,074

 

 

215,588

 

 

1,240

 

 

645,902

 

Jumbo certificates of deposit

 

 

103,825

 

 

 

 

 

 

103,825

 

Brokered certificates of deposit

 

 

310,827

 

 

567

 

 

 

 

311,394

 

FHLB advances

 

 

554,517

 

 

261,440

 

 

 

 

815,957

 

Trust preferred borrowings

 

 

67,011

 

 

 

 

 

 

67,011

 

Other borrowed funds

 

 

158,777

 

 

25,000

 

 

 

 

183,777

 

 

 

 

1,869,130

 

 

502,619

 

 

506,026

 

 

2,877,775

 

(Deficiency) excess of interest-rate sensitive
assets over interest-rate liabilities
(“interest-rate sensitive gap”)

 

$

11,287

 

$

301,272

 

$

(127,771

)

$

184,788

 

One-year interest-rate sensitive assets/
Interest-rate sensitive liabilities

 

 

100.60

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One-year interest-rate sensitive gap as a
Percent of total assets

 

 

0.33

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes commercial mortgage, construction, and residential mortgage loans.

(2)

Loan balances exclude deferred fees and costs.

 

Generally, during a period of rising interest rates, a positive gap would result in an increase in net interest income while a negative gap would adversely affect net interest income. Conversely, during a period of falling rates, a positive gap would result in a decrease in net interest income while a negative gap would augment net interest income. However, the interest-sensitivity table does not provide a comprehensive representation of the impact of interest rate changes on net interest income. Each category of assets or liabilities will not be affected equally or simultaneously by changes in the general level of interest rates. Even assets and liabilities which contractually reprice within the rate period may not, in fact, reprice at the same price or the same time or with the same frequency. It is also important to consider that the table represents a specific point in time. Variations can occur as we adjust our interest-sensitivity position throughout the year.

 

To provide a more accurate position of our one-year gap, certain deposit classifications are based on the interest-rate sensitive attributes and not on the contractual repricing characteristics of these deposits. Management estimates, based on historical trends of our deposit accounts, that 35% of money market and 13% of interest-bearing demand deposits are sensitive to interest rate changes and that 22% to 36% of savings deposits are sensitive to interest rate changes. Accordingly, these interest-sensitive portions are classified in the less than one-year category with the remainder in the over five-year category.

 

Deposit rates other than time deposit rates are variable, and changes in deposit rates are generally subject to local market conditions and management’s discretion and are not indexed to any particular rate.

 

 

 

 

46

 

REVERSE MORTGAGES

 

We hold an investment in reverse mortgages of $(61,000) at December 31, 2008 representing a participation in reverse mortgages with a third party. The loans supporting this balance were originated in the early 1990’s.

 

Reverse mortgage loans are contracts that require the lender to make monthly advances throughout the borrower’s life or until the borrower relocates, prepays or the home is sold, at which time the loan becomes due and payable. Reverse mortgages are nonrecourse obligations, which means that the loan repayments are generally limited to the net sale proceeds of the borrower’s residence.

 

We account for our investment in reverse mortgages by estimating the value of the future cash flows on the reverse mortgages at a rate deemed appropriate for these mortgages, based on the market rate for similar collateral. Actual cash flows from the maturity of these mortgage loans can result in significant volatility in the recorded value of reverse mortgage assets. As a result, income varies significantly from reporting period to reporting period. For the year ended December 31, 2008, we lost $1.1 million in interest income on reverse mortgages as compared to posting income of $2.0 million in 2007 and $684,000 in 2006. The loss in 2008 primarily resulted from the decrease in the values of the properties securing these mortgages, based on annual re-evaluations and consistent with the decrease in home values over the past year.

 

The projected cash flows depend on assumptions about life expectancy of the mortgagee and the future changes in collateral values. Projecting the changes in collateral values is the most significant factor impacting the volatility of reverse mortgage values. Our current assumptions include a short-term annual appreciation rate of -8.0% in the first year, and a long-term annual appreciation rate of 0.5% in future years. If the long-term appreciation rate was increased to 1.5%, the resulting impact on income would have been $26,000. Conversely, if the long-term appreciation rate was decreased to -0.5%, the resulting impact on income would have been $(22,000).

 

We also hold $10.8 million in BBB+ rated mortgage-backed securities classified as trading and have options to acquire up to 49.9% of Class “O” Certificates issued in connection with securities consisting of a portfolio of reverse mortgages we previously owned. The Class “O” Certificates are currently recorded on our financial statements at a zero value. At the time of the securitization, the third-party securitizer (Lehman Brothers) retained 100% of the Class “O” Certificates from the securitization. These Class “O” Certificates have no priority over other classes of Certificates under the Trust and no distributions will be made on the Class “O” Certificates until, among other conditions, the principal amount of each other class of notes has been reduced to zero. The underlying assets, the reverse mortgages, are very long-term assets. Therefore, any cash flow that might inure to the holder of the Class “O” Certificates is not expected to occur until many years in the future. Additionally, we can exercise our option on 49.9% of the Class “O” Certificates in up to five separate increments for an aggregate purchase price of $1.0 million any time between January 1, 2004 and the termination of the Securitization Trust. The option to purchase the Class “O” Certificates does not meet the definition of a derivative under SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative and Hedging Activities and is carried in our financial statements at cost. During the third quarter of 2008 Lehman Brothers filed for bankruptcy. We are currently in discussions with legal counsel to determine our legal rights with respect to the Class “O” certificates.

 

During 2006, we formed a new reverse mortgage initiative. While our activity during the past two years has been limited to acting as a correspondent for these loans, it is our intention to originate and underwrite our own reverse mortgages in the future. We expect to sell most of these loans and do not intend to hold them in our portfolio. These reverse mortgages are government approved and insured.

 

 

 

 

 

47

NONPERFORMING ASSETS

 

Nonperforming assets, which include nonaccruing loans, nonperforming real estate investments and assets acquired through foreclosure, can negatively affect our results of operations. Nonaccruing loans are those on which the accrual of interest has ceased. Loans are placed on nonaccrual status immediately if, in the opinion of management, collection is doubtful, or when principal or interest is past due 90 days or more and the value of the collateral is insufficient to cover principal and interest. Interest accrued but not collected at the date a loan is placed on nonaccrual status is reversed and charged against interest income. In addition, the amortization of net deferred loan fees is suspended when a loan is placed on nonaccrual status. Subsequent cash receipts are applied either to the outstanding principal balance or recorded as interest income, depending on management’s assessment of the ultimate collectibility of principal and interest. Past due loans are defined as loans contractually past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest payments but which remain in accrual status because they are considered well secured and in the process of collection.

 

The following table sets forth our nonperforming assets and past due loans at the dates indicated:

 

December 31,

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonaccruing loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Commercial

 

$

986

 

$

17,187

 

$

1,282

 

$

925

 

$

1,595

 

 

 

   Consumer

 

 

352

 

 

835

 

 

557

 

 

155

 

 

291

 

 

 

   Commercial mortgages

 

 

5,748

 

 

3,873

 

 

500

 

 

727

 

 

909

 

 

 

   Residential mortgages

 

 

4,753

 

 

2,417

 

 

1,493

 

 

1,567

 

 

1,601

 

 

 

   Construction

 

 

16,595

 

 

6,794

 

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

 

 

Total nonaccruing loans

 

 

28,434

 

 

31,106

 

 

3,832

 

 

3,410

 

 

4,396

 

 

 

Assets acquired through foreclosure

 

 

4,471

 

 

703

 

 

388

 

 

59

 

 

217

 

 

 

Restructured loans

 

 

2,855

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

 

Total nonperforming assets

 

$

35,760

 

$

31,809

 

$

4,220

 

$

3,469

 

$

4,613

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Past due loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Residential mortgages

 

$

1,313

 

$

388

 

$

219

 

$

327

 

$

703

 

 

 

   Commercial and commercial mortgages

 

 

0

 

 

14

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Consumer

 

 

26

 

 

173

 

 

29

 

 

59

 

 

104

 

 

 

Total past due loans

 

$

1,339

 

$

575

 

$

251

 

$

386

 

$

807

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratio of nonaccruing loans to total loans (1)

 

 

1.15

%

 

1.38

%

 

0.19

%

 

0.19

%

 

0.28

%

 

 

Ratio of allowance for loan losses to gross loans (1)

 

 

1.26

%

 

1.12

%

 

1.34

%

 

1.41

%

 

1.56

%

 

 

Ratio of nonperforming assets to total assets

 

 

1.04

%

 

0.99

%

 

0.14

%

 

0.12

%

 

0.18

%

 

 

Ratio of loan loss allowance to nonaccruing loans (2)

 

 

108.30

%

 

78.80

%

 

705.32

%

 

709.47

%

 

524.05

%

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Total loans exclude loans held-for-sale.

 

(2)

The applicable allowance represents general valuation allowances only.

 

 

Total nonperforming assets increased $4.0 million during 2008. As a result, nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets increased from 0.99% at December 31, 2007 to 1.04% at December 31, 2008. Non-performing loans declined from December 31, 2007 level as exposures migrated to assets acquired through foreclosure and $8.4 million in losses were recognized on construction loans. Restructured loans of $2.9 million contributed to the increase in non-performing assets. All of the restructured loans are residential mortgage loans to home owners and represent loans in which we have made concessions in order to assist the borrower in making their payments.

 

 

 

 

48

 

The following table provides an analysis of the change in the balance of nonperforming assets during the last three years:

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

31,809

 

$

4,220

 

$

3,469

 

Additions

 

 

48,152

 

 

37,017

 

 

5,697

 

Collections

 

 

(26,574

)

 

(3,029

)

 

(3,916

)

Transfers to accrual

 

 

(1,345

)

 

(295

)

 

(453

)

Charge-offs/write-downs

 

 

(16,282

)

 

(6,104

)

 

(577

)

Ending balance

 

$

35,760

 

$

31,809

 

$

4,220

 

 

As of December 31, 2008, we had $70.2 million of loans, which, although performing at that date, are believed to require increased supervision and review; and may, depending on the economic environment and other factors, become non-performing assets in future periods.  The amount of such loans at December 31, 2007 was $40.7 million. The majority of the loans are secured by commercial real estate, with lesser amounts being secured by residential real estate, inventory and receivables.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses.  We maintain allowances for credit losses and charge losses to these allowances when such losses are realized. The determination of the allowance for loan losses requires significant judgement reflecting management’s best estimate of probable loan losses related to specifically identified loans as well as probable loan losses in the remaining loan portfolio. Our evaluation is based upon a continuing review of these portfolios.

 

We established our loan loss allowance in accordance with guidance provided in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Staff Accounting Bulletin 102 (SAB 102). Its methodology for assessing the appropriateness of the allowance consists of several key elements which include: specific allowances for identified problem loans; formula allowances for commercial and commercial real estate loans; and allowances for pooled homogenous loans.

 

Specific reserves are established for certain loans in cases where management has identified significant conditions or circumstances related to a specific credit that management believes indicate the probability that a loss has been incurred.

 

The formula allowances for commercial and commercial real estate loans are calculated by applying estimated loss factors to outstanding loans based on the internal risk grade of loans. For low risk commercial and commercial real estate loans the portfolio is pooled, based on internal risk grade, and estimates are based on a ten-year net charge-off history. Higher risk and criticized loans have loss factors that are derived from an analysis of both the probability of default and the probability of loss should default occur. Loss adjustment factors are applied based on criteria discussed below. As a result, changes in risk grades of both performing and nonperforming loans affect the amount of the formula allowance.

 

Pooled loans are loans that are usually smaller, not-individually-graded and homogenous in nature, such as consumer installment loans and residential mortgages. Loan loss allowances for pooled loans are based on a ten-year net charge-off history. The average loss allowance per homogenous pool is based on the product of average annual historical loss rate and the estimated duration of the pool multiplied by the pool balances. These separate risk pools are assigned a reserve for losses based upon this historical loss information and loss adjustment factors.

 

Historical loss adjustment factors are based upon our evaluation of various current conditions including those listed below:

 

 

General economic and business conditions affecting our key lending areas,

 

Credit quality trends,

 

Recent loss experience in particular segments of the portfolio,

 

Collateral values and loan-to-value ratios,

 

Loan volumes and concentrations, including changes in mix,

 

Seasoning of the loan portfolio,

 

Specific industry conditions within portfolio segments,

 

Bank regulatory examination results, and

 

 

 

 

49

 

Other factors, including changes in quality of the loan origination, servicing and risk management processes.

 

Our loan officers and risk managers meet at least quarterly to discuss and review these conditions and risks associated with individual problem loans. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review our allowance for such losses. We also give consideration to the results of these regulatory agency examinations.

 

During 2008, the provision for loan losses were affected by increased credit-related costs due to the rapid deterioration in the economic environment during the fourth quarter: including (1) increased charge-offs; (2) a general migration to loans to lower credit grades; (3) higher reserves for new loans; (4) higher loss rate expectations; and (5) higher estimated reserves for economic conditions.

 

The table below represents a summary of changes in the allowance for loan losses during the periods indicated:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance     

 

$

25,252

 

$

27,384

 

$

25,381

 

$

24,222

 

$

22,386

 

Provision for loan losses      

 

 

23,024

 

 

5,021

 

 

2,738

 

 

2,582

 

 

3,217

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge-offs:     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate     

 

 

628

 

 

41

 

 

75

 

 

90

 

 

222

 

Commercial real estate (1)      

 

 

12,195

 

 

1,398

 

 

 

 

104

 

 

148

 

Commercial      

 

 

1,992

 

 

4,379

 

 

470

 

 

1,048

 

 

656

 

Overdrafts (2)     

 

 

1,327

 

 

1,441

 

 

607

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer     

 

 

1,697

 

 

790

 

 

483

 

 

631

 

 

817

 

Total charge-offs     

 

 

17,839

 

 

8,049

 

 

1,635

 

 

1,873

 

 

1,843

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recoveries:     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate     

 

 

7

 

 

11

 

 

14

 

 

59

 

 

32

 

Commercial real estate (1)      

 

 

12

 

 

127

 

 

170

 

 

42

 

 

 

Commercial     

 

 

100

 

 

173

 

 

343

 

 

209

 

 

335

 

Overdrafts (2)     

 

 

384

 

 

446

 

 

217

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer      

 

 

249

 

 

139

 

 

156

 

 

140

 

 

95

 

Total recoveries     

 

 

752

 

 

896

 

 

900

 

 

450

 

 

462

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net charge-offs     

 

 

17,087

 

 

7,153

 

 

735

 

 

1,423

 

 

1,381

 

Ending balance     

 

$

31,189

 

$

25,252

 

$

27,384

 

$

25,381

 

$

24,222

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net charge-offs to average gross loans outstanding,
net of unearned income     

 

 

0.74

%

 

0.34

%

 

0.04

%

 

0.09

%

 

0.10

%

 

(1) Includes commercial mortgage and construction loans.     

(2) Prior to April 2006, overdraft charge-offs/recoveries were recognized in other operating expense.     

 

 

 

 

50

The allowance for loan losses is allocated by major portfolio type. As these portfolios have developed, they have become a source of historical data in projecting delinquencies and loss exposure; however, such allocations are not a guarantee of where future losses may occur. While we have allocated the allowance for loan losses by portfolio type in the following table, the entire reserve is available for any loan portfolio to utilize. The allocation of the allowance for loan losses by portfolio type at the end of each of the last five fiscal years, and the percentage of outstanding loans in each category to total gross outstanding, at such dates follow:

 

 

December 31 2008 2007 2006 2005 2004

 

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

 

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

 

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

 

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

 

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate

 

$

2,480

 

17.1

%

 

 

$

1,304

 

19.8

%

 

 

$

1,645

 

23.1

%

 

 

$

1,632

 

25.4

%

 

 

$

1,468

 

28.1

%

Commercial real estate

 

 

10,656

 

32.8

%

 

 

 

12,151

 

32.9

%

 

 

 

11,343

 

32.5

%

 

 

 

10,978

 

32.7

%

 

 

 

9,211

 

34.6

%

Commercial

 

 

12,510

 

38.1

%

 

 

 

8,088

 

35.0

%

 

 

 

11,019

 

31.5

%

 

 

 

9,471

 

28.3

%

 

 

 

10,456

 

23.7

%

Consumer

 

 

5,543

 

12.0

%

 

 

 

3,709

 

12.3

%

 

 

 

3,377

 

12.9

%

 

 

 

3,300

 

13.6

%

 

 

 

3,087

 

13.6

%

Total

 

$

31,189

 

100.0

%

 

 

$

25,252

 

100.0

%

 

 

$

27,384

 

100.0

%

 

 

$

25,381

 

100.0

%

 

 

$

24,222

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

51

LIQUIDITY

 

We manage our liquidity risk and funding needs through our treasury function and our Asset/Liability Committee. Historically, we have had success in growing our loan portfolio. For example, during the year ended December 31, 2008, net loan growth resulted in the use of $236.7 million in cash. The loan growth was primarily the result of our continued success increasing corporate and small business lending. Management expects this trend to continue. While our loan-to-deposit ratio has been well above 100% for many years, management has significant experience managing its funding needs through borrowings and deposit growth.

 

As a financial institution, we have ready access to several sources of funding. Among these are:

 

Deposit growth

 

Brokered deposits

 

Borrowing from the FHLB

 

Fed Discount Window access

 

Other borrowings such as repurchase agreements

 

Cash flow from securities and loan sales and repayments

 

Net income.

 

Our current branch expansion and renovation program is focused on expanding our retail footprint in Delaware and attracting new customers to provide additional deposit growth. Customer deposit growth was strong, equaling $227.9 million, or 15% between December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2008.

 

Our portfolio of high-quality, liquid investments, primarily short-duration AAA-rated, mortgage-backed securities and Agency notes also provide a source of cash flow to meet current cash needs. If needed, portions of this portfolio, as well as portions of the loan portfolio, could be sold to provide cash to fund new loans. During the year ended December 31, 2008, $46.4 million in cash was provided by operating activities.

 

We have a policy that separately addresses liquidity, and management monitors our adherence to policy limits. As part of the liquidity management process, we also monitor our available wholesale funding capacity. At December 31, 2008, we had $267.4 million in funding capacity at the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh and $546.7 million in estimated funding capacity in brokered deposits. Also, liquidity risk management is a primary area of examination by the OTS.

 

We have not used and have no intention of using any significant off balance sheet financing arrangement for liquidity management purposes. Our financial instruments with off balance sheet risk are limited to obligations to fund loans to customers pursuant to existing commitments and obligations of letters of credit. In addition, we have not had and have no intention to have any significant transactions, arrangements or other relationships with any unconsolidated, limited purpose entities that could materially affect our liquidity or capital resources.

 

CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

Federal laws, among other things, require the OTS to mandate uniformly applicable capital standards for all savings institutions. These standards currently require institutions such as us to maintain a “tangible” capital ratio equal to 1.5% of adjusted total assets, “core” (or “leverage”) capital equal to 4.0% of adjusted total assets, “Tier 1” capital equal to 4.0% of “risk-weighted” assets and total “risk-based” capital (a combination of core and “supplementary” capital) equal to 8.0% of “risk-weighted” assets.

 

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (FDICIA), as well as other requirements, established five capital tiers: well-capitalized, adequately-capitalized, under-capitalized, significantly under-capitalized and critically under- capitalized. A depository institution’s capital tier depends upon its capital levels in relation to various relevant capital measures, which include leverage and risk-based capital measures and certain other factors. Depository institutions that are not classified as well-capitalized are subject to various

 

 

 

 

52

restrictions regarding capital distributions, payment of management fees, acceptance of brokered deposits and other operating activities.

 

At December 31, 2008, we are classified as well-capitalized, the highest regulatory defined level, and in compliance with all regulatory capital requirements. Additional information concerning our regulatory capital compliance is included in Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Since 1996, the Board of Directors has approved several stock repurchase programs to acquire common stock outstanding. As part of these programs, we acquired approximately 73,500 shares in 2008 and 564,100 shares in 2007. At December 31, 2008, we held 9.6 million shares of our common stock as treasury shares. At December 31, 2008, we had 506,000 shares remaining under our current share repurchase authorization.

 

On January 23, 2009, under the U.S. Treasury's Capital Purchase Plan ("CPP"), we sold 52,625 shares of senior preferred stock to the U.S. Treasury, having a liquidition amount equal to $1,000 per share, or $52.6 million.  Although we are currently well-capitalized under regulatory guidelines, the Board of Directors believed it was advisable to take advantage of the CPP to raise additional capital to ensure that during these uncertain times, we are well-positioned to support our existing operations as well as anticipated future growth.  Additional information concerning the CPP is included in Note 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

As part of the CPP program, any share repurchases or increase in the dividend level from the September 2008 quarterly payment of $0.12 per share, must be approved by the U.S. Treasury department.

 

OFF BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

 

We have no off balance sheet arrangements that currently have, or are reasonably likely to have, a material future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources. Additional information concerning our off balance sheet arrangements is included in Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

 

At December 31, 2008, we had contractual obligations relating to operating leases, long-term debt, data processing and credit obligations. These obligations are summarized below. See Notes 7, 9 and 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

 

 

 

 

Total

 

Less than
1 Year

 

1-3 Years

 

3-5 Years

 

More than
5 Years

 

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease obligations

 

$

54,616

 

$

5,323

 

$

10,060

 

$

8,535

 

$

30,698

 

Long-term debt obligations

 

 

882,968

 

 

471,562

 

 

302,372

 

 

42,023

 

 

67,011

 

Data processing contracts

 

 

4,674

 

 

3,683

 

 

991

 

 

 

 

 

Credit obligations

 

 

700,540

 

 

700,540

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

1,642,798

 

$

1,181,108

 

$

313,423

 

$

50,558

 

$

97,709

 

 

 

IMPACT OF INFLATION AND CHANGING PRICES

 

Our Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without consideration of the changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The impact of inflation is reflected in the increased costs of our operations. Unlike most industrial companies, nearly all of our assets and liabilities are monetary. As a result, interest rates have a greater impact on our performance than do the effects of general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or the same extent as the price of goods and services.

 

RECENT LEGISLATION

 

The economy is experiencing significantly reduced business activity as a result of, among other factors, disruptions in the financial system during the past year. Declines in the housing market during the past year, due to falling home prices and increased foreclosures and unemployment, have resulted in substantial declines in mortgage-related asset values, which has had a dramatic negative impact on government-sponsored entities and major commercial and investment banks.

 

 

 

 

53

Reflecting concern about the stability of the finance markets in general and the strength of counterparties, many lenders and institutional investors have reduced, and in some cases, ceased, to provide funding and liquidity to borrowers, including other financial institutions. In response to the financial crisis affecting the banking system and financial markets and going concern threats to investment banks and other financial institutions, on October 3, 2008, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (the “EESA”) was signed into law. Pursuant to the EESA, specifically the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”) thereunder, the U.S. Treasury will have the authority to, among other things, purchase up to $700 billion of mortgages, mortgage-backed securities and certain other financial instruments from financial institutions for the purpose of stabilizing and providing liquidity to the U.S. financial markets.

 

On October 14, 2008, the Secretary of the Department of the Treasury announced the Department of the Treasury will purchase equity stakes in a wide variety of banks and thrifts through TARP’s CPP. Under this program, from the $700 billion authorized by the EESA, the Treasury made $250 billion of capital available to U.S. financial institutions in the form of preferred stock. In conjunction with the purchase of preferred stock, the Treasury received, from participating financial institutions, warrants to purchase common stock with an aggregate market price equal to 15% of the preferred stock investment. Participating financial institutions were required to adopt the Treasury’s standards for executive compensation and corporate governance for the period during which the Treasury holds equity in such institution issued under the CPP.

 

On November 21, 2008, the Board of Directors of the FDIC adopted a final rule relating to the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (the “TLGP”). The TLGP was announced by the FDIC on October 14, 2008, after the determination of systemic risk by the Secretary of the Department of Treasury (after consultation with the President), as an initiative to counter the system-wide crisis in the nation’s financial sector. Under the TLGP the FDIC will (i) guarantee, through the earlier of maturity or June 30, 2012, certain newly issued senior unsecured debt issued by participating institutions on or after October 14, 2008, and before June 30, 2009 and (ii) provide full FDIC insurance deposit insurance coverage for noninterest bearing transaction deposit accounts, Negotiable Order of Withdrawal (“NOW”) accounts paying less than 0.5% interest per annum and Interest on Lawyers Trust Accounts (“IOLTA”) accounts held at participating FDIC-insured institutions through December 31, 2009. Coverage under the TLGP was available for the first 30 days without charge. The fee assessment for coverage of senior unsecured debt ranges from 50 basis points to 100 basis points per annum, depending on the initial maturity of the debt. The fee assessment for deposit insurance coverage is 10 basis points per quarter on amounts in covered accounts exceeding $250,000.

 

On February 10, 2009, the U.S. Treasury and the federal bank regulatory agencies announced in a Joint Statement a new Financial Stability Plan which would include additional capital support for banks under a Capital Assistance Program, a public-private investment fund to address existing bank loan portfolios and expanded funding for the FRB’s pending Term Asset-Backed Securities Loan Facility to restart lending and the securitization markets.

 

On February 17, 2009, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”) was signed into law by President Obama. The ARRA includes a wide variety of programs intended to stimulate the economy and provide for extensive infrastructure, energy, health, and education needs. In addition, the ARRA imposes certain new executive compensation and corporate expenditure limits on all current and future TARP recipients until the institution has repaid the U.S. Treasury, which is now permitted under the ARRA without penalty and without the need to raise new capital, subject to the U.S. Treasury’s consultation with the recipient’s appropriate regulatory agency.

 

The executive compensation standards under ARRA are more stringent than those currently in effect under the CPP or those previously proposed by the U.S. Treasury. The new standards include (but are not limited to) (i) prohibitions on bonuses, retention awards and other incentive compensation, other than restricted stock grants which do not fully vest during the TARP period up to one-third of an employee’s total annual compensation, (ii) prohibitions on golden parachute payments for departure from a company, (iii) an expanded clawback of bonuses, retention awards, and incentive compensation if payment is based on materially

 

 

 

 

54

inaccurate statements of earnings, revenues, gains or other criteria, (iv) prohibitions on compensation plans that encourage manipulation of reported earnings, (v) retroactive review of bonuses, retention awards and other compensation previously provided by TARP recipients if found by the U.S. Treasury to be inconsistent with the purposes of TARP or otherwise contrary to public interest, (vi) required establishment of a company-wide policy regarding “excessive or luxury expenditures,” and (vii) inclusion in a participant’s proxy statements for annual shareholder meetings of a nonbinding “Say on Pay” shareholder vote on the compensation of executives.

 

On February 23, 2009, the U.S. Treasury and the federal bank regulatory agencies issued a Joint Statement providing further guidance with respect to the Capital Assistance Program (“CAP”) announced February 10, 2009, including: (i) that the CAP will be initiated on February 25, 2009 and will include “stress test” assessments of major banks and that should the “stress test” indicate that an additional capital buffer is warranted, institutions will have an opportunity to turn first to private sources of capital; otherwise the temporary capital buffer will be made available from the government; (ii) such additional government capital will be in the form of mandatory convertible preferred shares, which would be converted into common equity shares only as needed over time to keep banks in a well-capitalized position and can be retired under improved financial conditions before the conversion becomes mandatory; and (iii) previous capital injections under the CPP will also be eligible to be exchanged for the mandatory convertible preferred shares. The conversion of preferred shares to common equity shares would enable institutions to maintain or enhance the quality of their capital by increasing their tangible common equity capital ratios; however, such conversions would necessarily dilute the interests of existing shareholders.

 

On February 25, 2009, the first day the CAP program was initiated, the U.S. Treasury released the actual terms of the program, stating that the purpose of the CAP is to restore confidence throughout the financial system that the nation’s largest banking institutions have a sufficient capital cushion against larger than expected future losses, should they occur due to more a more severe economic environment, and to support lending to creditworthy borrowers. Under the CAP terms, eligible U.S. banking institutions with assets in excess of $100 billion on a consolidated basis are required to participate in coordinated supervisory assessments, which are forward-looking “stress test” assessments to evaluate the capital needs of the institution under a more challenging economic environment. Should this assessment indicate the need for the bank to establish an additional capital buffer to withstand more stressful conditions, these institutions may access the CAP immediately as a means to establish any necessary additional buffer or they may delay the CAP funding for six months to raise the capital privately. Eligible U.S. banking institutions with assets below $100 billion may also obtain capital from the CAP. The CAP program is an additional program from the CPP and is open to eligible institutions regardless of whether they participated in the CPP. The deadline to apply to the CAP is May 25, 2009. Recipients of capital under the CAP will be subject to the same executive compensation requirements as if they had received the CPP.

 

On February 27, 2009, the FDIC proposed amendments to the restoration plan for the Deposit Insurance Fund. This amendment proposes the imposition of a 20 basis point emergency special assessment on insured depository institutions as of June 30, 2009. On March 5, 2009, FDIC Chairman Sheila Bair announced that if Congress adopts legislation expanding the FDIC’s line of credit with Treasury from $30 billion to $100 billion, the FDIC might have the flexibility to reduce the special emergency assessment, possibly from 20 to 10 basis points. The assessment is proposed to be collected on September 30, 2009. The interim rule would also permit the FDIC to impose an emergency special assessment after June 30, 2009, of up to ten basis points if necessary to maintain public confidence in federal deposit insurance. This special assessment if implemented as proposed will have a significant impact on the results of operations of the Company for 2009.

 

 

 

 

 

55

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

The discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations are based on the Consolidated Financial Statements, which are prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The preparation of these Financial Statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions affecting the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses. We regularly evaluate these estimates and assumptions including those related to the allowance for loan losses, contingencies (including indemnifications), and deferred taxes. We base our estimates on historical experience and various other factors and assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. These form the basis for making judgements on the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

 

The following are critical accounting policies that involve more significant judgements and estimates:

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

We maintain allowances for credit losses and charge losses to these allowances when realized. The determination of the allowance for loan losses requires significant judgement reflecting our best estimate of probable loan losses related to specifically identified loans as well as those in the remaining loan portfolio. Our evaluation is based upon a continuing review of these portfolios, with consideration given to evaluations resulting from examinations performed by regulatory authorities.

 

As part of our problem loan management process, we may, from time to time, make decisions to protect our interests which may affect the basis in a problem loan or our estimate of the realizable value of a problem loan. For example, to improve our first lien position in a non-accrual loan, in August 2008 we purchased a note related to this non-accrual loan from another lender for up to $1 million. Related to the same credit, in August 2008, we made a loan to an interested third party that is expected to add up to $2.8 million to its estimated realizable value.

 

Contingencies (Including Indemnifications)

 

In the ordinary course of business, we are subject to legal actions, which involve claims for monetary relief. Based upon information presently available to us and our counsel, it is our opinion that any legal and financial responsibility arising from such claims will not have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

 

We maintain a loss contingency for standby letters of credit and charge losses to this reserve when such losses are realized. The determination of the loss contingency for standby letters of credit requires significant judgement reflecting management’s best estimate of probable losses.

 

The Bank, as successor to originators of reverse mortgages is, from time to time, involved in arbitration or litigation with various parties including borrowers or the heirs of borrowers. Because reverse mortgages are a relatively new and uncommon product, there can be no assurances about how the courts or arbitrators may apply existing legal principles to the interpretation and enforcement of the terms and conditions of the Bank’s reverse mortgage obligations.

 

Deferred Taxes

 

We account for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes (SFAS 109), which requires the recording of deferred income taxes that reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. We have assessed our valuation allowances on deferred income taxes resulting from, among other things, limitations imposed by Internal Revenue Code and uncertainties, including the timing of settlement and realization of these differences.

 

 

 

 

56

 

Fair Value Measurements

 

On January 1, 2008, we adopted SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“SFAS 157”), which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. See Note 15 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

 

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“SFAS 157”). This Statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. Additionally, it establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the information used to develop those assumptions. SFAS 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of SFAS 157 did not have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

In September 2006, the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) reached a final consensus on Issue 06-04, Accounting for Deferred Compensation and Postretirement Benefit Aspects of Endorsement Split Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements. In accordance with the EITF consensus, an agreement by an employer to share a portion of the proceeds of a life insurance policy with an employee during the postretirement period is a postretirement benefit arrangement required to be accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 106 Employers’ Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions (“SFAS 106”) or Accounting Principles Board Opinion (“APB”) No. 12, Omnibus Opinion — 1967. Furthermore, the purchase of a split dollar life insurance policy does not constitute a settlement under SFAS 106 and, therefore, a liability for the postretirement obligation must be recognized under SFAS 106 if the benefit is offered under an arrangement that constitutes a plan or under Accounting Principles Board No. 12 if it is not part of a plan. The provisions of EITF Issue 06-04 are to be applied through either a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the year of adoption or retrospective application. We adopted this statement on January 1, 2008 and it did not have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

In February 2007, the FASB issued Statement No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities—Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 (“SFAS 159”). SFAS 159 permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected are recognized in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. We adopted SFAS 159 on January 1, 2008 and it did not have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

On November 5, 2007, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 109, Written Loan Commitments Recorded at Fair Value through Earnings (“SAB 109”). Previously, SAB 105, Application of Accounting Principles to Loan Commitments, stated that in measuring the fair value of a derivative loan commitment, a company should not incorporate the expected net future cash flows related to the associated servicing of the loan. SAB 109 supersedes SAB 105 and indicates that the expected net future cash flows related to the associated servicing of the loan should be included in measuring fair value for all written loan commitments that are accounted for at fair value through earnings. SAB 105 also indicated that internally-developed intangible assets should not be recorded as part of the fair value of a derivative loan commitment, and SAB 109 retains that view. SAB 109 was effective for derivative loan commitments issued or modified in fiscal quarters beginning after December 15, 2007 and did not have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations (“SFAS 141(R)”). This Statement changes the requirements for an acquirer’s recognition and measurement of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed in a business combination. SFAS 141(R) is effective for annual

 

 

 

 

57

periods beginning after December 15, 2008 and should be applied prospectively for all business combinations entered into after the date of adoption.

 

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements — an amendment of ARB No. 51 (“SFAS 160”). This Statement requires (i) that noncontrolling (minority) interests be reported as a component of shareholders’ equity, (ii) that net income attributable to the parent and to the noncontrolling interest be separately identified in the consolidated statement of operations, (iii) that changes in a parent’s ownership interest while the parent retains its controlling interest be accounted for as equity transactions, (iv) that any retained noncontrolling equity investment upon the deconsolidation of a subsidiary be initially measured at fair value, and (v) that sufficient disclosures are provided that clearly identify and distinguish between the interests of the parent and the interests of the noncontrolling owners. SFAS 160 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2008 and should be applied prospectively. However, the presentation and disclosure requirements of the statement shall be applied retrospectively for all periods presented. We do not believe the adoption of SFAS 160 will have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, Disclosure about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (“SFAS 161”). This statement changes the disclosure requirements for derivative instruments and hedging activities. Entities are required to provide enhanced disclosures about (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedges are accounted for under Statement 133 and its related interpretations and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. This statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008. We do not believe the adoption of this standard will have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162, The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“SFAS 162”). This statement identifies the sources of accounting principles and the framework for selecting the principles to be used in the preparation of financial statements of nongovernmental entities that are presented in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. SFAS 162 is effective 60 days following the SEC’s approval of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board amendments to AU Section 411, The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity With Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. We do not believe the adoption of this standard will have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

Market risk is the risk of loss from adverse changes in market prices and rates. Our market risk arises primarily from interest rate risk inherent in our lending, investing and funding activities. To that end, we actively monitor and manage our interest rate risk exposure. One measure required to be performed by the Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS)-regulated institutions is the test specified by OTS Thrift Bulletin No. 13A, Management of Interest Rate Risk, Investment Securities and Derivatives Activities. This test measures the impact on the net portfolio value of an immediate change in interest rates in 100 basis point increments. Net portfolio value is defined as the net present value of the estimated cash flows from assets and liabilities as a percentage of the net present value of assets. The following table is the estimated impact of immediate changes in interest rates on our net interest margin and net portfolio value at the specified levels at December 31, 2008 and 2007, calculated in compliance with Thrift Bulletin No. 13A:

 

 

 

 

58

December 31,

2008

 

2007

Change in
Interest Rate
(Basis Points)

 

% Change in
Net Interest
Margin (1)

Net Portfolio
Value (2)

 

% Change in
Net Interest
Margin (1)

Net Portfolio
Value (2)

+300

 

 

-9

%

7.92

%

 

+2

%

9.70

%

+200

 

 

-6

%

8.17

%

 

+2

%

10.27

%

+100

 

 

-3

%

8.37

%

 

+1

%

10.72

%

0

 

 

0

%

8.50

%

 

0

%

11.01

%

-100

 

 

-2

%

8.43

%

 

-1

%

11.04

%

-200

(3)

 

NMF

NMF

 

-2

%

11.10

%

-300

(3)

 

NMF

NMF

 

-4

%

11.25

%

 

(1)

The percentage difference between net interest margin in a stable interest rate environment and net interest margin as projected under the various rate environment changes.

 

(2)

Our net portfolio value in a stable interest rate environment and the net portfolio value as projected under the various rate environment changes.

 

(3)

Sensitivity indicated by a decrease of 200 and 300 basis points may not be particularly meaningful (NMF) at December 31, 2008 given the historically low absolute level of interest rates at that date. OTS regulators are currently only monitoring rate shocks of -100 to +300 basis points.

 

Our primary objective in managing interest rate risk is to minimize the adverse impact of changes in interest rates on net interest income and capital, while maximizing the yield/cost spread on our asset/liability structure. We rely primarily on our asset/liability structure to control interest rate risk.

 

We also engage in other business activities that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. For example, mortgage banking revenues and expenses can fluctuate with changing interest rates. These fluctuations are difficult to model and estimate.

 

 

 

 

59

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DISCLOSURES

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

WSFS Financial Corporation:

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of condition of WSFS Financial Corporation and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of WSFS Financial Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted FASB Statement No. 123 (revised), Share-Based Payment, a revision of FASB Statement No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, effective January 1, 2006, FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an Interpretation of FASB No. Statement 109, effective January 1, 2007, and FASB Statement No. 157, Fair Value Measurements, effective January 1, 2008.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated March 16, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

 

 

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

 

 

March 16, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

60

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest and fees on loans

 

$

140,661

 

$

159,512

 

$

143,629

 

Interest on mortgage-backed securities

 

 

23,984

 

 

24,237

 

 

28,444

 

Interest and dividends on investment securities

 

 

1,331

 

 

1,353

 

 

1,884

 

Interest on investments in reverse mortgages

 

 

(1,077

)

 

2,007

 

 

684

 

Other interest income

 

 

1,578

 

 

2,368

 

 

2,536

 

 

 

 

166,477

 

 

189,477

 

 

177,177

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest on deposits

 

 

39,809

 

 

57,311

 

 

42,707

 

Interest on Federal Home Loan Bank advances

 

 

29,620

 

 

38,561

 

 

45,878

 

Interest on federal funds purchased and securities
sold under agreements to repurchase

 

 

2,397

 

 

3,153

 

 

3,790

 

Interest on trust preferred borrowings

 

 

3,275

 

 

4,753

 

 

5,053

 

Interest on other borrowings

 

 

2,157

 

 

3,690

 

 

1,850

 

 

 

 

77,258

 

 

107,468

 

 

99,278

 

Net interest income

 

 

89,219

 

 

82,009

 

 

77,899

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

23,024

 

 

5,021

 

 

2,738

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

 

66,195

 

 

76,988

 

 

75,161

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit/debit card and ATM income

 

 

17,229

 

 

19,750

 

 

18,835

 

Deposit service charges

 

 

16,484

 

 

15,419

 

 

12,250

 

Loan fee income

 

 

3,696

 

 

2,384

 

 

1,824

 

Investment advisory income

 

 

2,395

 

 

2,465

 

 

2,399

 

Bank-owned life insurance income

 

 

1,786

 

 

2,269

 

 

3,976

 

Mortgage banking activities, net

 

 

148

 

 

217

 

 

225

 

Securities gains (losses)

 

 

139

 

 

82

 

 

(1,981

)

Non-recurring gains, net

 

 

 

 

1,979

 

 

 

Other income

 

 

4,112

 

 

3,601

 

 

2,777

 

 

 

 

45,989

 

 

48,166

 

 

40,305

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries, benefits and other compensation

 

 

46,654

 

 

43,662

 

 

39,369

 

Occupancy expense

 

 

8,416

 

 

8,280

 

 

5,508

 

Equipment expense

 

 

6,174

 

 

5,616

 

 

4,393

 

Data processing and operations expense

 

 

4,216

 

 

4,062

 

 

3,511

 

Marketing expense

 

 

3,920

 

 

3,911

 

 

2,713

 

Professional fees

 

 

4,082

 

 

2,662

 

 

2,070

 

Other operating expenses

 

 

15,636

 

 

13,838

 

 

11,750

 

 

 

 

89,098

 

 

82,031

 

 

69,314

 

Income before minority interest and taxes

 

 

23,086

 

 

43,123

 

 

46,152

 

Less minority interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

51

 

Income before taxes

 

 

23,086

 

 

43,123

 

 

46,101

 

Income tax provision

 

 

6,950

 

 

13,474

 

 

15,660

 

Net income

 

$

16,136

 

$

29,649

 

$

30,441

 

Earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

2.62

 

$

4.69

 

$

4.59

 

Diluted

 

$

2.57

 

$

4.55

 

$

4.41

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Financial Statements.

 

 

 

 

61

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CONDITION

 

Year Ended December 31,

2008

 

2007

 

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

$

58,377

 

$

83,936

 

Cash in non-owned ATMs

 

189,965

 

 

182,523

 

Federal funds sold

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks

 

216

 

 

1,078

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

 

248,558

 

 

267,537

 

Investment securities held-to-maturity (fair value: 2008-$1,071; 2007-$1,498)

 

1,181

 

 

1,516

 

Investment securities available-for-sale including reverse mortgages

 

48,507

 

 

26,756

 

Mortgage-backed securities-available-for-sale

 

487,389

 

 

484,428

 

Mortgage-backed securities-trading

 

10,816

 

 

12,364

 

Loans held-for-sale

 

2,275

 

 

2,404

 

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses of $31,189 at December 31, 2008
and $25,252 at December 31, 2007

 

2,441,560

 

 

2,231,576

 

Bank-owned life insurance

 

59,337

 

 

57,551

 

Stock in Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh, at cost

 

39,305

 

 

45,537

 

Assets acquired through foreclosure

 

4,471

 

 

703

 

Premises and equipment

 

34,966

 

 

34,851

 

Accrued interest receivable and other assets

 

54,195

 

 

34,965

 

Total assets

$

3,432,560

 

$

3,200,188

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing demand

$

311,322

 

$

290,424

 

Interest-bearing demand

 

214,749

 

 

171,363

 

Money market

 

326,792

 

 

303,931

 

Savings

 

208,368

 

 

196,571

 

Time

 

450,056

 

 

366,717

 

Jumbo certificates of deposit - customer

 

195,846

 

 

150,191

 

Total customer deposits

 

1,707,133

 

 

1,479,197

 

Other jumbo certificates of deposit

 

103,825

 

 

98,758

 

Brokered deposits

 

311,394

 

 

249,206

 

Total deposits

 

2,122,352

 

 

1,827,161

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

75,000

 

 

75,000

 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

 

815,957

 

 

898,280

 

Trust preferred borrowings

 

67,011

 

 

67,011

 

Other borrowed funds

 

108,777

 

 

94,869

 

Accrued interest payable and other liabilities

 

26,828

 

 

26,537

 

Total liabilities

 

3,215,925

 

 

2,988,858

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minority Interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ Equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Serial preferred stock $.01 par value, 7,500,000 shares authorized;
none issued and outstanding

 

 

 

 

Common stock $.01 par value, 20,000,000 shares authorized; issued 15,739,768
at December 31, 2008 and 15,673,865 at December 31, 2007

 

157

 

 

157

 

Capital in excess of par value

 

87,033

 

 

83,077

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

(12,613

)

 

(3,861

)

Retained earnings

 

390,338

 

 

376,682

 

Treasury stock at cost, 9,580,569 shares at December 31, 2008 and 9,507,069
shares at December 31, 2007

 

(248,280

)

 

(244,725

)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

216,635

 

 

211,330

 

Total liabilities, minority interest and stockholders’ equity

$

3,432,560

 

$

3,200,188

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Financial Statements.

 

 

 

 

62

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

Common
Stock

 

Capital in
Excess of
Par Value

 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Loss

 

Retained
Earnings

 

Treasury
Stock

 

Total
Stockholders’
Equity

 

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2005

 

$

154

 

$

74,673

 

$

(9,968

)

$

319,065

 

$

(201,949

)

$

181,975

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30,441

 

 

 

 

30,441

 

Other comprehensive loss (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,956

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,956

 

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32,397

 

Adjustment to initially apply FASB
Statement No. 158, net of tax $(344)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(561

)

 

 

 

 

 

(561

)

Cash dividend, $0.31 per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,058

)

 

 

 

(2,058

)

Issuance of common stock,
including proceeds from exercise
of common stock options

 

 

2

 

 

4,610

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,612

 

Treasury stock at cost, 103,400 shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6,603

)

 

(6,603

)

Issuance of restricted stock

 

 

 

 

286

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

286

 

Tax benefit from exercises of
common stock options

 

 

 

 

2,011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,011

 

Balance, December 31, 2006

 

$

156

 

$

81,580

 

$

(8,573

)

$

347,448

 

$

(208,552

)

$

212,059

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29,649

 

 

 

 

29,649

 

Other comprehensive income (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,712

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,712

 

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

34,361

 

Cumulative effect of change in accounting
principle related to the adoption of FIN 48

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,988

 

 

 

 

1,988

 

Cash dividend, $0.38 per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,403

)

 

 

 

(2,403

)

Issuance of common stock,
including proceeds from exercise of
common stock options

 

 

1

 

 

3,704

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,705

 

Treasury stock at cost, 564,100 shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(36,173

)

 

(36,173

)

Issuance of restricted stock

 

 

 

 

230

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

230

 

Tax liability from exercises of
common stock options

 

 

 

 

(2,437

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,437

)

Balance, December 31, 2007

 

$

157

 

$

83,077

 

$

(3,861

)

$

376,682

 

$

(244,725

)

$

211,330

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,136

 

 

 

 

16,136

 

Other comprehensive income (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8,752

)

 

 

 

 

 

(8,752

)

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,384

 

Cash dividend, $0.46 per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,832

)

 

 

 

(2,832

)

Issuance of common stock, including proceeds from exercise of common stock options

 

 

 

 

2,391

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,391

 

Treasury stock at cost, 73,500 shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,555

)

 

(3,555

)

Issuance of restricted stock

 

 

 

 

202

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

202

 

Reclassification adjustment of negative minority interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

352

 

 

 

 

352

 

Tax benefit from exercises of
common stock options

1,363

1,363

Balance, December 31, 2008

 

$

157

 

$

87,033

 

$

(12,613

)

$

390,338

 

$

(248,280

)

$

216,635

 

 

 

(1) Other Comprehensive Income:

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Net unrealized holding (losses) gains on securities available-for-sale arising during the
period, net of taxes (2008 - $(5,364); 2007 - $2,855; 2006 - $261)

 

$

(8,752

)

$

4,657

 

$

426

 

Actuarial gain reclassified to periodic cost, net of income taxes (2007 - $42)

 

 

 

 

68

 

 

 

Transition obligation reclassified to periodic cost, net of income taxes (2007 - $23)

 

 

 

 

38

 

 

 

Net unrealized holding gains arising during the period on derivatives
net of taxes (2006 - $163)

 

 

 

 

 

 

302

 

Reclassification for losses (gains) included in income, net of taxes (2007 - $(31);
2006 - $753)

 

 

 

 

(51

)

 

1,228

 

Total other comprehensive (loss) income

 

$

(8,752

)

$

4,712

 

$

1,956

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Financial Statements.

 

 

 

 

63

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

16,136

 

$

29,649

 

$

30,441

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

23,024

 

 

5,021

 

 

2,738

 

Depreciation, accretion and amortization

 

 

6,218

 

 

4,930

 

 

4,507

 

(Increase) decrease in accrued interest receivable and other assets

 

 

(94

)

 

1,142

 

 

(3,066

)

Origination of loans held-for-sale

 

 

(31,358

)

 

(27,160

)

 

(23,914

)

Proceeds from sales of loans held-for-sale

 

 

31,648

 

 

25,362

 

 

21,406

 

Gain on mortgage banking activity

 

 

(148

)

 

(217

)

 

(224

)

Loss on mark to market adjustment on trading securities

 

 

1,616

 

 

 

 

 

Gain on sale of credit card portfolio

 

 

 

 

(882

)

 

 

Securities gain from the sale of Visa, Inc. common stock

 

 

(1,755

)

 

 

 

 

Gain on sale of former headquarters building

 

 

 

 

(1,093

)

 

 

(Gain) loss on sale of investments

 

 

 

 

(82

)

 

1,981

 

Stock-based compensation expense, net of tax benefit recognized

 

 

730

 

 

1,222

 

 

1,153

 

Excess tax (benefits) liability from share-based payment arrangements

 

 

(1,363

)

 

2,437

 

 

(2,011

)

Minority interest in net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

51

 

Increase (decrease) in accrued interest payable and other liabilities

 

 

1,693

 

 

(3,328

)

 

4,380

 

Loss (gain) on sale of assets acquired through foreclosure and valuation adjustments adjustments

 

 

1,515

 

 

(20

)

 

41

 

Increase in value of bank-owned life insurance

 

 

(1,786

)

 

(2,269

)

 

(3,976

)

Decrease (increase) in capitalized interest, net

 

 

1,009

 

 

(2,007

)

 

(1,097

)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

47,085

 

 

32,705

 

 

32,410

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maturities of investment securities

 

 

14,440

 

 

41,893

 

 

13,569

 

Sales of investment securities available-for-sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,991

 

Purchases of investment securities available-for-sale

 

 

(37,298

)

 

(13,986

)

 

(20,718

)

Sales of mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale

 

 

 

 

2,690

 

 

49,412

 

Repayments of mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale

 

 

77,856

 

 

77,328

 

 

102,255

 

Purchases of mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale

 

 

(95,195

)

 

(52,507

)

 

(47,721

)

Repayments on reverse mortgages

 

 

1,248

 

 

3,532

 

 

1,347

 

Disbursements for reverse mortgages

 

 

(227

)

 

(2,964

)

 

(476

)

Purchase of 1st Reverse Financial Services

 

 

(2,442

)

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of branches

 

 

(11,505

)

 

 

 

 

Sales of loans

 

 

 

 

909

 

 

11,379

 

Purchase of Cypress Capital Management, LLC

 

 

 

 

(240

)

 

(466

)

Purchase of ATM vault cash business

 

 

 

 

(440

)

 

 

Purchases of loans

 

 

(3,190

)

 

(2,656

)

 

(9,600

)

Payment of bank-owned life insurance

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,887

 

Net increase in loans

 

 

(236,674

)

 

(221,179

)

 

(246,432

)

Net decrease (increase) in stock of Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh

 

 

6,232

 

 

(5,665

)

 

6,421

 

Increase in assets acquired through foreclosure, net

 

 

1,674

 

 

120

 

 

80

 

Sale of credit card portfolio

 

 

 

 

6,295

 

 

 

Proceeds from the sale of Visa, Inc. shares

 

 

1,755

 

 

 

 

 

Sale of former headquarters building

 

 

 

 

2,436

 

 

 

Deferred gain on sale of partnership interest

 

 

 

 

1,335

 

 

 

Investment in real estate partnership

 

 

 

 

1,172

 

 

24

 

Premises and equipment, net

 

 

(4,989

)

 

(9,181

)

 

(10,750

)

Net cash used for investing activities

 

 

(288,315

)

 

(171,108

)

 

(137,798

)

 

(Continued on next page)

 

 

 

 

64

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (continued)

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase in demand and saving deposits

 

$

112,850

 

$

82,363

 

$

56,803

 

Net increase in time deposits

 

 

195,584

 

 

4,256

 

 

294,365

 

Net increase (decrease) in securities sold
under agreement to repurchase

 

 

 

 

1,600

 

 

(9,750

)

Receipts of FHLB advances

 

 

82,778,987

 

 

31,427,417

 

 

8,796,661

 

Repayments of FHLB advances

 

 

(82,861,310

)

 

(31,313,165

)

 

(9,021,354

)

Dividends paid on common stock

 

 

(2,832

)

 

(2,404

)

 

(2,058

)

Issuance of common stock and exercise of common stock options

 

 

1,863

 

 

2,713

 

 

3,355

 

Excess tax benefit (liability) from share-based payment arrangements

 

 

1,363

 

 

(2,437

)

 

2,011

 

Purchase of treasury stock, net of re-issuance

 

 

(3,555

)

 

(36,173

)

 

(6,603

)

Decrease in minority interest

 

 

 

 

(54

)

 

(203

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

222,950

 

 

164,116

 

 

113,227

 

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents from continuing operations

 

 

(18,979

)

 

25,713

 

 

7,839

 

Net cash provided by operating activities of discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

Net cash provided by investing activities of
discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

20

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

 

267,537

 

 

241,824

 

 

233,951

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

$

248,558

 

$

267,537

 

$

241,824

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid in interest during the year

 

$

80,654

 

$

105,969

 

$

98,142

 

Cash paid for income taxes, net

 

 

10,521

 

 

18,056

 

 

13,597

 

Loans transferred to assets acquired through foreclosure

 

 

6,186

 

 

415

 

 

450

 

Net change in accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

(8,752

)

 

4,712

 

 

1,395

 

Transfer of loans held for sale to loans

 

 

247

 

 

333

 

 

2,129

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Financial Statements.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

65

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

WSFS Financial Corporation (“the Company,” “our Company,” “WSFS”, “we,” “our” or “us”) is a thrift holding company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware. Our principal wholly-owned subsidiary, Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB (“WSFS Bank” or the “Bank”), is a federal savings bank organized under the laws of the United States which, at December 31, 2008, serves customers from its main office, 35 retail banking offices, loan production offices and operations centers located in Delaware, southeastern Pennsylvania and Virginia.

 

In preparing the Consolidated Financial Statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. The material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant changes in the near term relate to the allowance for loan losses for impaired loans and the remainder of the loan portfolios, investment in reverse mortgages, contingencies (including indemnifications) and income taxes.

 

Although our current estimates contemplate current conditions and how we expect them to change in the future, it is reasonably possible that in 2009, actual conditions could be worse than anticipated in those estimates, which could materially affect our results of operations and financial condition. Amounts subject to significant estimates are items such as the allowance for loan losses and lending related commitments, goodwill and intangible assets, post-retirement obligations, the fair value of financial instruments and other-than-temporary impairments. Among other effects, such changes could result in future impairments of investment securities, goodwill and intangible assets and establishment of allowances for loan losses and lending related commitments as well as increased post-retirement expense.

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the parent company, Montchanin Capital Management, Inc. (Montchanin) and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Cypress Capital Management, LLC (Cypress), WSFS Bank and its wholly-owned subsidiary, WSFS Investment Group, Inc. WSFS Investment Group, Inc. markets various third-party insurance and securities products to Bank customers through WSFS’ retail banking system. WSFS Bank also owns a majority interest in 1st Reverse Financial Services, LLC (1st Reverse), specializing in reverse mortgage lending. Montchanin was formed to provide asset management products and services. In January 2006 and 2007, Montchanin increased its ownership in Cypress, a Wilmington-based investment advisory firm servicing high net-worth individuals and institutions, to 90% and 100%, respectively.

 

WSFS Capital Trust III (“the Trust”) is an unconsolidated affiliate of ours, and was formed in 2005 to issue $67.0 million aggregate principal amount of Pooled Floating Rate Capital Securities. The proceeds from this issue were used to fund the redemption of $51.5 million of Floating Rate WSFS Capital Trust I Preferred Securities (formerly WSFS Capital Trust I). The Trust invested all of the proceeds from the sale of the Pooled Floating Rate Capital Securities in Junior Subordinated Debentures of the Corporation.

 

Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior years’ Consolidated Financial Statements to conform them to the current year’s presentation. All significant intercompany transactions are eliminated in consolidation.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash, cash in non-owned ATMs, cash due from banks, federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell.

 

Debt and Equity Securities

 

 

 

 

66

 

Investments in equity securities that have a readily determinable fair value and investments in debt securities are classified into three categories and accounted for as follows:

 

 

Debt securities with the positive intention to hold to maturity are classified as “held-to-maturity” and reported at amortized cost.

 

Debt and equity securities purchased with the intention of selling them in the near future are classified as “trading securities” and are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included in earnings.

 

Debt and equity securities not classified in either of the above are classified as “available-for-sale securities” and reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported, net of tax, as a separate component of stockholders’ equity.

 

Debt and equity securities include mortgage-backed securities, municipal bonds, U.S. Government and agency securities and certain equity securities. Premiums and discounts on debt and equity securities, held-to-maturity and available-for-sale, are recognized in interest income using a level yield method over the period to expected maturity. The fair value of debt and equity securities is primarily obtained from third-party pricing services. Implicit in the valuation are estimated prepayments based on historical and current market conditions.

 

Declines in the fair value of individual held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities below their cost that are other than temporary, result in write-downs of the individual securities to their fair value. We had no other than temporary losses in 2008, 2007 and 2006. The related write-downs are included in earnings as realized losses. Management is required to use its judgement to determine impairment in certain circumstances. The specific identification method is used to determine realized gains and losses on sales of investment and mortgage-backed securities. All sales are made without recourse.

 

Investment in Reverse Mortgages

 

We account for our investment in reverse mortgages in accordance with the instructions provided by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) entitled “Accounting for Pools of Uninsured Residential Reverse Mortgage Contracts,” which requires grouping the individual reverse mortgages into “pools” and recognizing income based on the estimated effective yield of the pool. In computing the effective yield, we must project the cash inflows and outflows of the pool including actuarial projections of the life expectancy of the individual contract holder and changes in the collateral value of the residence. At each reporting date, a new economic forecast is made of the cash inflows and outflows of each pool of reverse mortgages; the effective yield of each pool is recomputed, and income is adjusted retroactively and prospectively to reflect the revised rate of return. Because of this highly specialized accounting, the recorded value of reverse mortgage assets can result in significant volatility associated with estimations. As a result, income recognition can vary significantly from reporting period to reporting period.

 

During the fourth quarter of 2008 we recorded a $1.4 million charge related to a mark-to-market adjustment on the $12.4 million BBB+ rated mortgage-backed security (MBS) issued in connection with a 2002 reverse mortgage securitization. Despite this write-down, WSFS expects any holder of this security to recover all principal and interest, mainly because of its seasoning and it is well over-collateralized. We also recorded a $1.0 million charge (taken through interest income) related to our second-lien interest in 21 whole-loan reverse mortgages during the fourth quarter of 2008.

 

Loans

 

Loans are stated net of deferred fees and costs and unearned discounts. Loan interest income is accrued using various methods that approximate a constant yield. Loan origination and commitment fees and direct loan origination costs are deferred and recognized over the life of the related loans using a level yield method over the period to maturity.

 

 

 

 

67

 

A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that a creditor will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future discounted cash flows, the market price of the loan or the fair value of the underlying collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Impaired loans include loans within our commercial, commercial mortgage, commercial construction, residential mortgages and consumer portfolios. Our policy for recognition of interest income on impaired loans is the same as for nonaccrual loans discussed below.

 

Nonaccrual Loans

 

Nonaccrual loans are those on which the accrual of interest has ceased. Loans are placed on nonaccrual status immediately if, in the opinion of management, collection is doubtful, or when principal or interest is contractually past due 90 days or more and collateral is insufficient to cover principal and interest. Interest accrued but not collected at the date a loan is placed on nonaccrual status is reversed and charged against interest income. In addition, the amortization of net deferred loan fees is suspended when a loan is placed on nonaccrual status. Subsequent cash receipts are applied either to the outstanding principal or recorded as interest income, depending on management’s assessment of ultimate collectibility of principal and interest. Loans are returned to an accrual status when the borrower’s ability to make periodic principal and interest payments has returned to normal (i.e.: brought current with respect to principal or interest or restructured) and the paying capacity of the borrower or the underlying collateral is deemed sufficient to cover principal and interest in accordance with our previously established loan-to-value policies.

 

Allowances for Loan Losses

 

We maintain allowances for credit losses and charge losses to these allowances when such losses are realized. The determination of the allowance for loan losses requires significant judgement reflecting management’s best estimate of probable losses related to specifically identified loans as well as probable losses in the remaining loan portfolio. Management’s evaluation is based upon a review of these portfolios.

 

Management establishes the loan loss allowance in accordance with guidance provided by the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Staff Accounting Bulletin 102 (SAB 102). Its methodology for assessing the appropriateness of the allowance consists of several key elements which include: specific allowances for identified problem loans, formula allowances for commercial and commercial real estate loans, and allowances for pooled, homogenous loans.

 

Specific reserves are established for certain loans in cases where management has identified significant conditions or circumstances related to a specific credit that management believes indicate the probability that a loss has been incurred.

 

The formula allowances for commercial and commercial real estate loans are calculated by applying estimated loss factors to outstanding loans based on the internal risk grade of loans. For low risk commercial and commercial real estate loans the portfolio is pooled, based on internal risk grade, and estimates are based on a ten-year net charge-off history. Higher risk and criticized loans have loss factors that are derived from an analysis of both the probability of default and the probability of loss should default occur. Loss adjustment factors are applied based on criteria discussed below. As a result, changes in risk grades of both performing and nonperforming loans affect the amount of the formula allowance.

 

Pooled loans are loans that are usually smaller, not-individually-graded and homogeneous in nature, such as consumer installment loans and residential mortgages. Loan loss allowances for pooled loans are based on a ten-year net charge-off history. The average loss allowance per homogeneous pool is based on the product’s average annual historical loss rate and the average estimated duration of the pool multiplied by the pool balances. These separate risk pools are assigned a reserve for loss based upon this historical loss information and loss adjustment factors.

 

 

 

 

68

 

Historical loss adjustment factors are based upon management’s evaluation of various current conditions, including those listed below:

 

 

General economic and business conditions affecting WSFS’ key lending areas,

 

Credit quality trends,

 

Recent loss experience in particular segments of the portfolio,

 

Collateral values and loan-to-value ratios,

 

Loan volumes and concentrations, including changes in mix,

 

Seasoning of the loan portfolio,

 

Specific industry conditions within portfolio segments,

 

Bank regulatory examination results, and

 

Other factors, including changes in quality of the loan origination, servicing and risk management processes.

 

Our loan officers and risk managers meet at least quarterly to discuss and review these conditions, and also risks associated with individual problem loans. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review our allowance for such losses. We also give consideration to the results of these regulatory agency examinations.

 

During 2008, the provision for loan losses was affected by changes in estimates used in the calculation. These changes included additional reserves reflecting the effects of updated loss rate expectations on our loan portfolio. These changes resulted in an increase to the provision for loan losses of $2.8 million or $0.29 per share.

 

Allowances for estimated losses on investments in real estate and assets acquired through foreclosure are provided if the carrying value exceeds the fair value less estimated disposal costs.

 

During the fourth quarter of 2008, we recorded a $14.9 million provision for loan losses and letter of credit contingency, which was primarily related to four large construction and land development (CLD) credits.

 

Assets Held-for-Sale

 

Assets held-for-sale include loans held-for-sale and are carried at the lower of cost or market of the aggregate or, in some cases, individual assets.

 

Assets Acquired Through Foreclosure

 

Assets acquired through foreclosure are recorded at the lower of the recorded investment in the loans or fair value less estimated disposal costs. Costs subsequently incurred to improve the assets are included in the carrying value provided that the resultant carrying value does not exceed fair value less estimated disposal costs. Costs relating to holding the assets are charged to expense in the current period. An allowance for estimated losses is provided when declines in fair value below the carrying value are identified. Net costs of assets acquired through foreclosure include costs of holding and operating the assets, net gains or losses on sales of the assets and provisions for losses to reduce such assets to fair value less estimated disposal costs.  During the fourth quarter of 2008, we booked $700,000 in additional write-downs of values of assets acquired through foreclosure (REO).

 

Premises and Equipment

 

Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Costs of major replacements, improvements and additions are capitalized. Depreciation expense is computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets or, for leasehold improvements, over the effective life of the

 

 

 

 

69

related lease if less than the estimated useful life. In general, computer equipment, furniture and equipment and building renovations are depreciated over three, five and ten years, respectively.

 

Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

 

We enter into sales of securities under agreements to repurchase. Reverse repurchase agreements are treated as financings, with the obligation to repurchase securities sold reflected as a liability in the Consolidated Statement of Condition. The securities underlying the agreements are assets. Generally, federal funds are purchased for periods ranging up to 90 days.

 

Loss Contingency for Standby Letters of Credit

 

We maintain a loss contingency for standby letters of credit and charge losses to this contingency when such losses are realized. The determination of the loss contingency for standby letters of credit requires significant judgement reflecting management’s best estimate of probable losses related to standby letters of credit.

 

Income Taxes

 

The provision for income taxes includes federal, state and local income taxes currently payable and those deferred because of temporary differences between the financial statement basis and tax basis of assets and liabilities.

 

In July 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement 109 (“FIN 48”). FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Benefits from tax positions are recognized in the financial statements only when it is more-likely-than-not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authority that would have full knowledge of all relevant information. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Tax positions that previously failed to meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are recognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is met. Previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are derecognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is no longer met. FIN 48 also provides guidance on the accounting for and disclosure of unrecognized tax benefits, interest and penalties. FIN 48 became effective for us on January 1, 2007, and resulted in a $2.0 million increase to our retained earnings on that date.

 

 

 

 

 

 

70

 

Earnings Per Share

 

 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share:

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

16,136

 

$

29,649

 

$

30,441

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Denominator for basic earnings per share - weighted average shares

 

 

6,158

 

 

6,316

 

 

6,634

 

Effect of dilutive employee stock options

 

 

132

 

 

194

 

 

270

 

Denominator for diluted earnings per share - adjusted weighted average shares and assumed exercise

 

 

6,290

 

 

6,510

 

 

6,904

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income.

 

$

2.62

 

$

4.69

 

$

4.59

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income.

 

$

2.57

 

$

4.55

 

$

4.41

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding common stock equivalents having no dilutive effect

 

 

371

 

 

194

 

 

197

 

 

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

Stock-based compensation is accounted for in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment (SFAS 123R). We adopted SFAS 123R beginning January 1, 2006 using the Modified Prospective Application Method. The impact of stock-based compensation for 2008 was $851,000 or $0.12 per share, to salaries, benefits and other compensation, compared to $1.2 million, or $0.16 per share in 2007.

 

 

Fair Value of Financial Assets

 

Effective January 1, 2008, we adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“SFAS 157”), for financial assets and financial liabilities. In accordance with FASB Staff Position (FSP) No. 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157, we will delay application of SFAS 157 for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, until January 1, 2009.

 

SFAS 157 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. SFAS 157 establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the use of inputs used in valuation methodologies into the following three levels:

 

 

Level 1:

Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices, unadjusted, for identical assets or liabilities in active markets. A quoted price in an active market provides the most reliable evidence of fair value and shall be used to measure fair value whenever available.

 

 

 

 

71

 

Level 2:

Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; or inputs to the valuation methodology that are derived principally from or can be corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.

 

 

Level 3:

Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using discounted cash flow methodologies, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.

 

A description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, is set forth below. These valuation methodologies were applied to all of our financial assets carried at fair value effective January 1, 2008. The table below presents the balances of assets measured at fair value as of December 31, 2008 (there are no material liabilities measured at fair value):

 

 

 

Quoted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prices in

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Active

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Markets for

 

Other

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

Identical

 

Observable

 

Unobservable

 

 

 

 

 

Asset

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

 

Total

 

Description

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

(in Thousands)

 

Assets Measured at Fair Value on Recurring Basis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available for sale securities

 

$

 

$

535,896

 

$

 

$

535,896

 

Trading Securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,816

 

 

10,816

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis

 

$

 

$

535,896

 

$

10,816

 

$

546,712

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired Loans

 

$

 

$

22,840

 

$

 

$

22,840

 

Total assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis

 

$

 

$

22,840

 

$

 

$

22,840

 

 

 

Fair value is based upon quoted market prices, where available. If such quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based upon internally developed models or obtained from third parties that primarily use, as inputs, observable market-based parameters. Valuation adjustments may be made to ensure that financial instruments are recorded at fair value. These adjustments may include unobservable parameters. Any such valuation adjustments have been applied consistently over time. Our valuation methodologies may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values. While we believe our valuation methodologies are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date.

 

 

 

72

Available for sale securities. Securities classified as available for sale are reported at fair value using Level 2 inputs. Included in the Level 2 total are approximately $44.6 million in Federal Agency debentures, $194.7 million in Federal Agency MBS, $292.7 million of Private Label MBS, and $3.9 million in municipal bonds. Agency and MBS securities are predominately AAA-rated. We believe that this Level 2 designation is appropriate for these securities under SFAS 157 as, with almost all fixed income securities, none are exchange traded, and all are priced by correlation to observed market data.  For these securities we obtain fair value measurements from an independent pricing service. The fair value measurements consider observable data that may include dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flows, U.S. government and agency yield curves, live trading levels, trade execution data, market consensus prepayment speeds, credit information, and the security’s terms and conditions, among other factors.

 

Trading securities. The amount included in the trading securities category represents the fair value of a BBB-rated traunche of a reverse mortgage security. There has never been an active market for these securities. As such, we classify these trading securities as Level 3 under FAS 157. As prescribed by FAS 157 management used various observable and unobservable inputs to develop a range of likely fair value prices where this security would be exchanged in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The unobservable inputs reflect management’s assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing this asset. Included in these inputs were the median of a selection of other BBB-rated securities as well as quoted market prices from higher rated traunches of this asset class. As a result, the value assigned to this security is determined primarily through a discounted cash flow analysis. All of these assumptions require a significant degree of management judgment.

 

The changes in Level 3 assets measured at fair value are summarized as follows:

 

 

Trading Securities

 

 

(in Thousands)

 

Balance at January 1, 2008

$

12,364

 

Total net losses for the period included in net income

 

(1,548

)

Purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements, net

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2008

$

10,816

 

 

 

Impaired loans. Impaired loans, which are measured for impairment using the fair value of the collateral for collateral dependent loans, had a carrying amount of $22.8 million at December 31, 2008. The valuation allowance on impaired loans was $395,000 as of December 31, 2008.

 

 

 

73

2. INVESTMENT SECURITIES

 

The following tables detail the amortized cost and the estimated fair value of the Company’s investment securities:

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

 

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Value

 

 

 

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2008:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reverse mortgages (1)

 

$

(61

)

$

 

$

 

$

(61

)

U.S. Government and agencies

 

 

43,778

 

 

857

 

 

(1

)

 

44,634

 

State and political subdivisions

 

 

4,020

 

 

 

 

(86

)

 

3,934

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

47,737

 

$

857

 

$

(87

)

$

48,507

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2007:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reverse mortgages (1)

 

$

2,037

 

$

 

$

 

$

2,037

 

U.S. Government and agencies

 

 

20,477

 

 

99

 

 

 

 

20,576

 

State and political subdivisions

 

 

4,115

 

 

28

 

 

 

 

4,143

 

 

 

$

26,629

 

$

127

 

$

 

$

26,756

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held-to-maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2008:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State and political subdivisions

 

$

1,181

 

$

 

$

(110

)

$

1,071

 

 

 

$

1,181

 

$

 

$

(110

)

$

1,071

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2007:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State and political subdivisions

 

$

1,516

 

$

24

 

$

42

 

$

1,498

 

 

 

$

1,516

 

$

24

 

$

42

 

$

1,498

 

 

(1) See Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a further discussion of Reverse Mortgages.

 

Securities with book values aggregating $45.9 million at December 31, 2008 were specifically pledged as collateral for WSFS’ Treasury Tax and Loan account with the Federal Reserve Bank, securities sold under agreement to repurchase and certain letters of credit and municipal deposits which require collateral. Accrued interest receivable relating to investment securities was $409,000 and $341,000 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

 

 

 

74

The scheduled maturities of investment securities held-to-maturity and securities available-for-sale at December 31, 2008 were as follows:

 

 

 

Held-to-Maturity

 

Available-for Sale

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Fair

 

Amortized

 

Fair

 

 

 

Cost

 

Value

 

Cost

 

Value

 

 

 

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Within one year (1)

 

$

 

$

 

$

3,940

 

$

4,054

 

After one year but within five years

 

 

630

 

 

630

 

 

42,522

 

 

43,220

 

After five years but within ten years

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,275

 

 

1,233

 

After ten years

 

 

551

 

 

441

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,181

 

$

1,071

 

$

47,737

 

$

48,507

 

 

(1) Reverse mortgages do not have contractual maturities. We have included reverse mortgages in maturities within one year.

 

There were no sales of investment securities classified as available-for-sale during 2008 and 2007. Municipal bonds totaling $440,000 were called by the issuers during 2008. Proceeds from the sale of investments classified as available-for-sale during 2006 was $11.0 million. There were no net losses realized on sales in either 2008 or 2007. There was a net loss of $41,000 realized on sales in 2006. The cost basis for all investment security sales was based on the specific identification method. There were no sales of investment securities classified as held-to-maturity in 2008, 2007 and 2006.

 

At December 31, 2008, we owned investment securities totaling $6.3 million where the amortized cost basis exceeded fair value. Total unrealized losses on those securities were $197,000 at December 31, 2008. This temporary impairment is the result of changes in market interest rates since the purchase of the securities and a lack of liquidity in the securities market, depressing prices. Securities amounting to $265,000 have been impaired for 12 months or longer. We have determined that these securities are not other than temporarily impaired as these securities carry high credit ratings.  In addition, we have the intent and ability to hold these securities until they recover. The following table includes unrealized losses aggregated by category:

 

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

12 months or longer

 

Total

 

 

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

Value

 

Loss

 

Value

 

Loss

 

Value

 

Loss

 

 

 

(In Thousands)

 

Held-to-maturity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State and political subdivisions

 

$

92

 

$

 

$

265

 

$

110

 

$

357

 

$

110

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State and political subdivisions

 

 

3,934

 

 

86

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,934

 

 

86

 

U.S Government and agencies

 

 

2,053

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,053

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total temporarily impaired investments

 

$

6,079

 

$

87

 

$

265

 

$

110

 

$

6,344

 

$

197

 

 

 

 

 

75

3. MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES

 

The following tables detail the amortized cost and the estimated fair value of the Company’s mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

 

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Value

 

 

 

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2008:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

$

419,177

 

$

2,595

 

$

25,728

 

$

396,044

 

FNMA

 

 

35,578

 

 

932

 

 

 

 

36,510

 

FHLMC

 

 

30,477

 

 

830

 

 

 

 

31,307

 

GNMA

 

 

22,536

 

 

992

 

 

 

 

23,528

 

 

 

$

507,768

 

$

5,349

 

$

25,728

 

$

487,389

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average yield

 

 

5.30%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2007:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

$

407,113

 

$

856

 

$

4,440

 

$

403,529

 

FNMA

 

 

35,654

 

 

 

 

1,009

 

 

34,645

 

FHLMC

 

 

31,357

 

 

34

 

 

937

 

 

30,454

 

GNMA

 

 

15,923

 

 

 

 

123

 

 

15,800

 

 

 

$

490,047

 

$

890

 

$

6,509

 

$

484,428

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average yield

 

 

4.85%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2008:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

$

10,816

 

$

 

$

 

$

10,816

 

 

 

$

10,816

 

$

 

$

 

$

10,816

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average yield

 

 

3.47%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2007:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

$

12,364

 

$

 

 

 

$

12,364

 

 

 

$

12,364

 

$

 

$

 

$

12,364

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average yield

 

 

7.79%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The portfolio of available-for-sale mortgage-backed securities consists primarily of AAA-rated, currently cash flowing securities, backed by conventional 10 to 30-year mortgages. The weighted average duration of the mortgage-backed securities was 2.9 years at December 31, 2008.

 

At December 31, 2008, mortgage-backed securities with par values aggregating $314.5 million were pledged as collateral for retail customer repurchase agreements and municipal deposits. Accrued interest receivable relating to mortgage-backed securities was $2.1 million and $2.0 million at both December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. From time to time, mortgage-backed securities are pledged as collateral for Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) borrowings. The fair value of these pledged mortgage-backed securities at December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $16.0 million and $218.8 million, respectively. There were no sales of mortgage-backed

 

 

 

76

securities available-for-sale in 2008. In 2007, proceeds from the sale of mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale were $2.7 million, resulting in a gain of $82,000. The cost basis of all mortgage-backed sales is based on the specific identification method.

 

We own $12.4 million par value of SASCO RM-1 2002 securities which are classified as trading. $10.0 million was originally received as partial consideration for the sale of a previously owned reverse mortgage portfolio, an additional $1.0 million was purchased at par at the time of the securitization of these assets by a third party, and $1.4 million of accrued interest was paid in kind. The current fair value of this security is $10.8 million which includes a negative $1.6 million mark-to-market adjustment for 2008. These floating rate notes represent the BBB+ rated traunche of a reverse mortgage securitization underwritten by Lehman Brothers and carry a coupon rate of one-month London InterBank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus 300 basis points. We expect to recover all principal and interest, because of seasoning and the fact hat these securities are well over-collateralized. For a further discussion of reverse mortgages, see the Reverse Mortgages discussion in Management’s Discussion and Analysis and Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Based on SFAS No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities (SFAS 115), when these securities were acquired they were classified as trading. It was our intention to sell them in the near term. An active market for these securities has not developed since the issuance. Since there is no active market for these securities, we have used the guidance under SFAS 157 to provide a reasonable estimate of fair value in 2008. We estimated the value of these securities as of December 31, 2008 based on the pricing of BBB+ securities that have an active market through a technique which estimates the fair value of this asset using the income approach.

 

At December 31, 2008, we owned mortgage-backed securities totaling $286.4 million where the amortized cost basis exceeded fair value. Total unrealized losses on those securities were $25.7 million at December 31, 2008. This temporary impairment is the result of changes in market interest rates since the purchase of the securities and a lack of liquidity in the mortgage-backed securities market, depressing prices. Most of these securities have been impaired for less than twelve months. We have determined that these securities are not “other than temporarily” impaired as these mortgage-backed securities carry high credit ratings. In addition, we have the intent and ability to hold these securities until they recover. The following table lists the unrealized losses aggregated by category:

 

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

12 months or longer

 

Total

 

 

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

Value

 

Loss

 

Value

 

Loss

 

Value

 

Loss

 

 

 

(In Thousands

 

Available-for-sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CMO

 

$

249,118

 

$

23,536

 

$

37,298

 

$

2,192

 

$

286,416

 

$

25,728

 

FNMA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FHLMC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GNMA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total temporarily impaired MBS

 

$

249,118

 

$

23,536

 

$

37,298

 

$

2,192

 

$

286,416

 

$

25,728

 

 

 

4. REVERSE MORTGAGES AND RELATED ASSETS

 

We hold an investment in reverse mortgages of $(61,000) at December 31, 2008 representing a participation in reverse mortgages with a third party. The loans supporting this balance were originated in the early 1990’s.

 

These reverse mortgage loans are contracts that require the lender to make monthly advances throughout the borrower’s life or until the borrower relocates, prepays or the home is sold, at which time the loan becomes due and payable. Reverse mortgages are nonrecourse obligations, which means that the loan repayments are generally limited to the net sale proceeds of the borrower’s residence.

 

 

 

77

 

We account for our investment in reverse mortgages by estimating the value of the future cash flows on the reverse mortgages at a rate deemed appropriate for these mortgages, based on the market rate for similar collateral. Actual cash flows from these mortgage loans can result in significant volatility in the recorded value of reverse mortgage assets. As a result, income varies significantly from reporting period to reporting period. For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company lost $1.1 million in interest income on reverse mortgages as compared to posting income of $2.0 million in 2007 and $684,000 in 2006.  The loss in 2008 primarily resulted from the decrease in the values of the properties securing these mortgages, based on annual re-evaluations and consistent with the decrease in home values over the past year.

 

The projected cash flows depend on assumptions about life expectancy of the mortgagee and the future changes in collateral values. Projecting the changes in collateral values is the most significant factor impacting the volatility of reverse mortgage values. The current assumptions include a short-term annual depreciation rate of -8.0% in the first year, and a long-term annual appreciation rate of 0.5% in future years. If the long-term appreciation rate was increased to 1.5%, the resulting impact on income would have been $26,000. Conversely, if the long-term appreciation rate was decreased to -0.5%, the resulting impact on income would have been $(22,000).

 

We also hold $10.8 million in BBB+ rated mortgage-backed securities classified as trading and have options to acquire up to 49.9% of Class “O” Certificates issued in connection with securities consisting of a portfolio of reverse mortgages we previously owned. The Class “O” Certificates are currently recorded on our financial statements at a zero value. At the time of the securitization, the third party securitizer (Lehman Brothers) retained 100% of the Class “O” Certificates from the securitization. These Class “O” Certificates have no priority over other classes of Certificates under the Trust and no distributions will be made on the Class “O” Certificates until, among other conditions, the principal amount of each other class of notes has been reduced to zero. The underlying assets, the reverse mortgages, are long-term assets. Hence, any cash flow that might inure to the holder of the Class “O” Certificates is not expected to occur until 2014. Additionally, the Company can exercise its option on 49.9% of the Class “O” Certificates in up to five separate increments for an aggregate purchase price of $1.0 million any time between January 1, 2004 and the termination of the Securitization Trust. The option to purchase the Class “O” Certificates does not meet the definition of a derivative under SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative and Hedging Activities. This certificate is an equity security with no readily determinable fair value; as such, it is excluded from the accounting treatment promulgated under SFAS 115. As a result, the option is carried at cost (which is zero). During the third quarter of 2008 Lehman Brothers Holdings filed for bankruptcy. We are currently in discussions with legal counsel to determine our legal rights with respect to the Class “O” certificates.

 

5. LOANS

 

The following table details our loan portfolio:

 

December 31,

 

2008

 

2007

 

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential (1-4 family)

 

$

422,740

 

$

447,435

 

Other

 

 

558,979

 

 

465,928

 

Real estate construction loans

 

 

251,508

 

 

276,939

 

Commercial loans

 

 

942,920

 

 

787,538

 

Consumer loans

 

 

296,728

 

 

278,272

 

 

 

 

2,472,875

 

 

2,256,112

 

Less:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred fees (costs), net

 

 

126

 

 

(716

)

Allowance for loan losses

 

 

31,189

 

 

25,252

 

Net loans

 

$

2,441,560

 

$

2,231,576

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

78

 

We had impaired loans of approximately $28.4 million at December 31, 2008 compared to $31.8 million and $3.8 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that a creditor will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. The average recorded balance of impaired loans was $29.5 million, $10.0 million and $3.6 million during 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The allowance for losses on impaired loans was $395,000, $738,000 and $369,000 at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. There was no interest income recognized on impaired loans.

 

The total amount of loans serviced for others were $268.8 million, $255.0 million and $265.5 million at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. We received fees from the servicing of loans of $650,000, $718,000 and $724,000 during 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

We record mortgage-servicing rights on our mortgage loan-servicing portfolio. Mortgage servicing rights represent the present value of the future net servicing fees from servicing mortgage loans acquired or originated by us. The value of these servicing rights was $329,000 and $588,000 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The total of our servicing portfolio was $76.5 million and $81.9 million for December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Mortgage loans serviced for others are not included in loans on the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Condition. Changes in the valuation of these servicing rights resulted in $(259,000) and $144,000 of noninterest income during 2008 and 2007, respectively. Revenues from originating, marketing and servicing mortgage loans as well as valuation adjustments related to capitalized mortgage servicing rights are included in mortgage banking activities, net on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

 

Accrued interest receivable on loans outstanding was $7.5 million and $10.4 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

 

Nonaccruing loans aggregated $28.4 million, $31.8 million and $3.8 million at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. If interest on all such loans had been recorded in accordance with contractual terms, net interest income would have increased by $1,955,000 in 2008, $790,000 in 2007 and $159,000 in 2006.

 

A summary of changes in the allowance for loan losses follows:

 

Year Ended December 31,

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

$25,252

 

$27,384

 

$25,381

 

Provision for loan losses

23,024

 

5,021

 

2,738

 

Loans charged-off (1)

(17,839

)

(8,049

)

(1,418

)

Recoveries (2)

752

 

896

 

683

 

Ending balance

$31,189

 

$25,252

 

$27,384

 

 

(1)

2008 and 2007 include $940,000 and $1.4 million of overdraft charge-offs, respectively. Prior to 2006, these amounts were recognized in other operating expenses.

(2)

2008 and 2007 include $383,000 and $446,000 of overdraft recoveries, respectively. Prior to 2006, these amounts were recognized in other operating expenses.

 

 

 

 

79

6. ASSETS ACQUIRED THROUGH FORECLOSURE

 

 

Assets acquired through foreclosure are summarized as follows:

 

December 31,

2008

 

2007

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate

$

4,471

 

$

703

Less allowance for losses

 

 

 

 

$

4,471

 

$

703

 

 

7. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

 

Land, office buildings, leasehold improvements and furniture and equipment, at cost, are summarized by major classifications:

 

December 31,

2008

 

2007

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

Land

$

4,422

 

$

4,415

Buildings

 

10,797

 

 

10,713

Leasehold improvements

 

22,990

 

 

20,967

Furniture and equipment

 

29,892

 

 

27,817

 

 

68,101

 

 

63,912

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less:

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

33,135

 

 

29,061

 

$

34,966

 

$

34,851

 

 

The Company occupies certain premises and operates certain equipment under noncancelable leases with terms ranging primarily from 1 to 25 years. These leases are accounted for as operating leases. Accordingly, lease costs are expensed as incurred. Rent expense was $5.0 million in 2008, $4.5 million in 2007 and $2.4 million in 2006. Future minimum payments under these leases at December 31, 2008 are as follows:

 

(In Thousands)

 

 

2009

$

5,323

2010

 

5,100

2011

 

4,960

2012

 

4,407

2013

 

4,128

Thereafter

 

30,698

Total future minimum lease payments

$

54,616

 

 

 

 

80

8. DEPOSITS

 

The following is a summary of deposits by category, including a summary of the remaining time to maturity for time deposits:

 

December 31,

 

2008

 

2007

 

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market and demand:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing demand

 

$

311,322

 

$

290,424

 

Interest-bearing demand

 

 

214,749

 

 

171,363

 

Money market

 

 

326,792

 

 

303,931

 

Total money market and demand

 

 

852,863

 

 

765,718

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Savings

 

 

208,368

 

 

196,571

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer certificates of deposit by maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than one year

 

 

287,546

 

 

320,474

 

One year to two years

 

 

107,593

 

 

40,191

 

Two years to three years

 

 

9,681

 

 

3,234

 

Three years to four years

 

 

42,161

 

 

1,022

 

Over four years

 

 

3,075

 

 

1,796

 

Total customer time certificates

 

 

450,056

 

 

366,717

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jumbo certificates of deposit--customer, by maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than one year

 

 

144,925

 

 

140,353

 

One year to two years

 

 

32,399

 

 

9,569

 

Two years to three years

 

 

1,463

 

 

102

 

Three years to four years

 

 

16,795

 

 

 

Over four years

 

 

264

 

 

167

 

Total jumbo certificates of deposit--customer

 

 

195,846

 

 

150,191

 

Subtotal retail deposits

 

 

1,707,133

 

 

1,479,197

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other jumbo certificates of deposit--by maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than one year

 

 

103,825

 

 

98,582

 

One year to two years

 

 

 

 

176

 

Two years to three years

 

 

 

 

 

Three years to four years

 

 

 

 

 

Over four years

 

 

 

 

 

Total other jumbo time certificates

 

 

103,825

 

 

98,758

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brokered deposits less than one year

 

 

311,394

 

 

249,206

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deposits

 

$

2,122,352

 

$

1,827,161

 

 

 

 

 

81

Interest expense by category follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

2008

 

2007

 

2006

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing demand

$

1,064

 

$

1,393

 

$

785

Money market

 

5,909

 

 

11,870

 

 

8,090

Savings

 

736

 

 

1,679

 

 

2,237

Customer time deposits

 

20,775

 

 

22,357

 

 

15,309

Total customer interest expense

 

28,484

 

 

37,299

 

 

26,421

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other jumbo certificates of deposit

 

3,091

 

 

5,176

 

 

4,100

Brokered deposits

 

8,234

 

 

14,836

 

 

12,186

Total interest expense on deposits

$

39,809

 

$

57,311

 

$

42,707

 

 

9. BORROWED FUNDS

 

The following is a summary of borrowed funds by type:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum

 

Amount

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

Average

 

Average

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

at Month

 

Amount

 

Interest

 

 

Balance at

 

Average

 

End

 

Outstanding

 

Rate

 

 

End of

 

Interest

 

During the

 

During the

 

During the

 

 

Period

 

Rate

 

Period

 

Period

 

Period

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FHLB advances

 

$

815,957

 

2.74

%

 

$

942,922

 

$

841,005

 

3.46

%

Trust preferred borrowings

 

 

67,011

 

3.97

 

 

 

67,011

 

 

67,011

 

4.81

 

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

 

75,000

 

1.87

 

 

 

99,999

 

 

75,844

 

3.11

 

Other borrowed funds

 

 

108,777

 

0.79

 

 

 

127,556

 

 

110,237

 

1.96

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FHLB advances

 

$

898,280

 

4.23

%

 

$

936,302

 

$

765,974

 

4.97

%

Trust preferred borrowings

 

 

67,011

 

6.89

 

 

 

67,011

 

 

67,011

 

7.00

 

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

 

75,000

 

4.46

 

 

 

75,000

 

 

60,649

 

5.13

 

Other borrowed funds

 

 

94,869

 

3.84

 

 

 

95,087

 

 

86,602

 

4.26

 

 

 

 

 

82

Federal Home Loan Bank Advances

 

Advances from the FHLB of Pittsburgh with rates ranging from 0.57% to 5.45% at December 31, 2008 are due as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

Amount

 

Rate

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

$

471,562

 

1.98

%

2010

 

 

215,517

 

3.74

 

2011

 

 

86,855

 

3.64

 

2012 - 2013

 

 

42,023

 

4.27

 

 

 

$

815,957

 

 

 

 

 

Pursuant to collateral agreements with the FHLB, advances are secured by qualifying first mortgage loans, qualifying fixed-income securities, FHLB stock and an interest-bearing demand deposit account with the FHLB.

 

As a member of the FHLB of Pittsburgh, we are required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the FHLB of Pittsburgh in an amount at least equal to 4.65% of its advances (borrowings) from the FHLB of, plus 0.65% of the unused borrowing capacity. We were in compliance with this requirement with a stock investment in FHLB of Pittsburgh of $39.3 million at December 31, 2008. This stock is carried on the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Condition at cost, which approximates liquidation value.

 

In December 2008, the FHLB of Pittsburgh announced the suspension of both dividend payments and the repurchase of capital stock until such time as it determines it becomes prudent to reinstate both. During 2008 we received $1.5 million in dividends from the FHLB of Pittsburgh.

 

Eight advances are outstanding at December 31, 2008 totaling $180.0 million, with a weighted average rate of 4.37% maturing in 2009 and beyond. They are convertible on a quarterly basis (at the discretion of the FHLB) to a variable rate advance based upon the three-month LIBOR rate, after an initial fixed term. If any of these advances convert, WSFS has the option to prepay these advances at predetermined times or rates.

 

 

Trust Preferred Borrowings

 

On April 6, 2005, we completed the issuance of $67.0 million of aggregate principal amount of Pooled Floating Rate Securities at a variable interest rate of 177 basis points over the three-month LIBOR rate. The proceeds from this issuance were used to fund the redemption of $51.5 million of Floating Rate Capital Trust I Preferred Securities.

 

 

Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

 

During 2008, we purchased federal funds as a short-term funding source. At December 31, 2008, we had purchased $50.0 million in federal funds at a rate of 0.38%. At December 31, 2007, we also had $50.0 million federal funds purchased.

 

During 2008, we sold securities under agreements to repurchase as a funding source. At December 31, 2008, securities sold under agreements to repurchase had a fixed rate of 4.87%. The underlying securities are mortgage-backed securities with a book value of $29.5 million at December 31, 2008. Securities sold under

 

 

 

83

agreements to repurchase with the corresponding carrying and market values of the underlying securities are due as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Collateral

 

 

 

Borrowing

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Market

 

Accrued

 

 

 

Amount

 

Rate

 

Value

 

Value

 

Interest

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Over 90 days

 

$

25,000

 

4.87

%

 

$

29,500

 

$

30,223

 

$

101

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Up to 30 days

 

$

25,000

 

4.87

%

 

$

29,086

 

$

28,155

 

$

99

 

 

 

 

Other Borrowed Funds

 

Included in other borrowed funds are collateralized borrowings of $108.8 million and $94.9 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, consisting of outstanding retail repurchase agreements, contractual arrangements under which portions of certain securities are sold overnight to retail customers under agreements to repurchase. Such borrowings were collateralized by mortgage-backed securities. The average rates on these borrowings were 0.79% and 3.84% at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

 

10. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

Under Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS) capital regulations, savings institutions such as WSFS, must maintain “tangible” capital equal to 1.5% of adjusted total assets, “core” capital equal to 4.0% of adjusted total assets, “Tier 1” capital equal to 4.0% of risk-weighted assets and “total” or “risk-based” capital (a combination of core and “supplementary” capital) equal to 8.0% of risk-weighted assets. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory – and possibly additional discretionary – actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on WSFS’ Financial Statements. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, WSFS was in compliance with regulatory capital requirements and was deemed a “well-capitalized” institution.

 

The following table presents WSFS’ consolidated capital position as of December 31, 2008 and 2007:

 

 

 

Consolidated

Bank Capital

 

For Capital

Adequacy Purposes

 

To Be Well-Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions

 

 

Amount

Percent

 

Amount

Percent

 

Amount

Percent

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2008:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

$

304,680

11.00

%

 

$

221,561

8.00

%

 

$

276,951

10.00

%

Core Capital (to adjusted tangible assets)

 

 

274,221

7.99

 

 

 

137,303

4.00

 

 

 

171,629

5.00

 

Tangible Capital (to tangible assets)

 

 

274,221

7.99

 

 

 

51,489

1.50

 

 

 

N/A

N/A

 

Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

 

274,221

9.90

 

 

 

110,780

4.00

 

 

 

166,170

6.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2007:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

$

304,992

12.31

%

 

$

198,156

8.00

%

 

$

247,696

10.00

%

Core Capital (to adjusted tangible assets)

 

 

276,327

8.63

 

 

 

128,033

4.00

 

 

 

160,041

5.00

 

Tangible Capital (to tangible assets)

 

 

276,327

8.63

 

 

 

48,012

1.50

 

 

 

N/A

N/A

 

Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

 

276,327

11.16

 

 

 

99,078

4.00

 

 

 

148,617

6.00

 

 

 

 

 

84

We have a simple capital structure with one class of $0.01 par common stock outstanding, each share having equal voting rights. In addition, we have authorized 7,500,000 shares of $0.01 par preferred stock. No preferred stock was outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2007. When infused into the Bank, the Trust Preferred Securities issued in 2005 qualify as Tier 1 capital. We are prohibited from paying any dividend or making any other capital distribution if, after making the distribution, we would be undercapitalized within the meaning of the OTS Prompt Corrective Action regulations. Since 1996, the Board of Directors has approved several stock repurchase programs to reacquire common shares. As part of these programs, we acquired approximately 73,500 shares in 2008 for $3.6 million and 564,100 shares in 2007 for $36.2 million.

 

 

The Holding Company

 

In April 2005, WSFS Capital Trust III, an unconsolidated affiliate of WSFS Financial Corporation, issued $67.0 million of aggregate principle of Pooled Floating Rate Securities at a variable interest rate of 177 basis points over the three-month LIBOR rate. The proceeds were used to refinance the WSFS Capital Trust I November 1998 issuance of $51.5 million of Trust Preferred Securities which had a variable rate of 250 basis points over the three-month LIBOR rate. At December 31, 2008, the coupon rate of the Capital Trust III securities was 3.97% with a scheduled maturity of June 1, 2035. The effective rate will vary, however, due to fluctuations in interest rates. The proceeds from the issue were invested in Junior Subordinated Debentures issued by WSFS Financial Corporation. These securities are treated as borrowings with the interest included in interest expense on the Consolidated Statement of Operations. In addition, we had an interest-rate cap with a notional amount of $50 million, which limited the three-month LIBOR to 6.00%.  This cap expired on December 1, 2008. Additional information concerning the Trust Preferred Securities and the interest rate cap is included in Notes 9 and 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The proceeds were used primarily to extinguish higher rate debt and for general corporate purposes.

 

Pursuant to federal laws and regulations, WSFS’ ability to engage in transactions with affiliated corporations is limited, and WSFS generally may not lend funds to nor guarantee indebtedness of the Company.

 

11. ASSOCIATE (EMPLOYEE) BENEFIT PLANS

 

 

Associate 401(k) Savings Plan

 

Certain subsidiaries of ours maintain a qualified plan in which Associates may participate. Participants in the plan may elect to direct a portion of their wages into investment accounts that include professionally managed mutual and money market funds and our common stock. Generally, the principal and earnings thereon are tax deferred until withdrawn. We match a portion of the Associates’ contributions and periodically make discretionary contributions based on our performance into the plan for the benefit of Associates. Our total cash contributions to the plan on behalf of our Associates resulted in a cash expenditure of $1.8 million, $1.7 million and $1.6 million for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

Effective November 2007, all of our discretionary contributions are invested in accordance with the Associates’ selection of investments. If Associates do not designate how discretionary contributions are to be invested, 80% will be invested in a balanced fund and 20% will be invested in our common stock. Associates may make transfers to various other investment vehicles within the plan without any significant restrictions. The plan purchased 10,000, 25,000, and 13,000 shares of our common stock during 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

 

Postretirement Benefits

 

We share certain costs of providing health and life insurance benefits to retired Associates (and their eligible dependents). Substantially all Associates may become eligible for these benefits if they reach normal retirement age while working for us.

 

 

 

85

We account for our obligations under the provisions of SFAS No. 106, Employers’ Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions (SFAS 106). SFAS 106 requires that the costs of these benefits be recognized over an Associate’s active working career. Amortization of unrecognized net gains or losses resulting from experience different from that assumed and from changes in assumptions is included as a component of net periodic benefit cost over the remaining service period of active employees to the extent that such gains and losses exceed 10% of the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation, as of the beginning of the year.

 

On December 31, 2006, we adopted the recognition and disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans (SFAS 158). SFAS 158 requires that we recognize the funded status of our defined benefit postretirement plan in our statement of financial position, with a corresponding adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax. The adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income at adoption represented the net unrecognized actuarial losses and unrecognized transition obligation remaining from the initial adoption of SFAS No. 87, Employers’ Accounting for Pensions (SFAS 87), all of which were previously netted against the plan’s funded status in our statement of financial position pursuant to the provisions of SFAS 87. These amounts will be subsequently recognized as net periodic pension costs pursuant to our historical accounting policy for amortizing such amounts. Further, actuarial gains and losses that arise in subsequent periods and are not recognized as net periodic pension cost in the same periods will be recognized as a component of other comprehensive income. Those amounts will be subsequently recognized as a component of net periodic pension cost on the same basis as the amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income at adoption of SFAS 158.

 

The incremental effect of adopting the recognition and disclosure provisions of SFAS 158 on our Consolidated Statement of Condition at December 31, 2006 was a $905,000 (pretax) decrease in other comprehensive income. This included a net actuarial loss of $537,000 and a net transition obligation of $368,000. Also related to the adoption of SFAS 158, the Company recorded a deferred tax asset of $344,000 and a corresponding liability of $905,000. During 2009, the Company expects to recognize $18,000 in expense relating to the amortization of the net actuarial loss and $61,000 in expense relating to the amortization of the net transition obligation.

 

 

 

86

The following disclosures relating to postretirement benefits were measured at December 31, 2008:

 

 

 

 

2008

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

2006

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in benefit obligation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

 

$

2,339

 

 

$

2,233

 

 

$

2,287

 

 

Service cost

 

 

142

 

 

 

137

 

 

 

108

 

 

Interest cost

 

 

137

 

 

 

125

 

 

 

93

 

 

Actuarial loss/(gain)

 

 

56

 

 

 

(29

)

 

 

(110

)

 

Benefits paid

 

 

(172

)

 

 

(127

)

 

 

(145

)

 

Benefit obligation at end of year

 

$

2,502

 

 

$

2,339

 

 

$

2,233

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in plan assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

Employer contributions

 

 

172

 

 

 

127

 

 

 

145

 

 

Benefits paid

 

 

(172

)

 

 

(127

)

 

 

(145

)

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Funded status:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Funded status

 

$

(2,502

)

 

$

(2,339

)

 

$

(2,233

)

 

Unrecognized transition obligation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrecognized net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recognized net loss

 

 

774

 

 

 

795

 

 

 

905

 

 

Net amount recognized

 

$

(1,728

)

 

$

(1,544

)

 

$

(1,328

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Components of net periodic benefit cost:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

$

142

 

 

$

137

 

 

$

108

 

 

Interest cost

 

 

137

 

 

 

125

 

 

 

93

 

 

Amortization of transition obligation

 

 

61

 

 

 

61

 

 

 

61

 

 

Net loss recognition

 

 

16

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost

 

$

356

 

 

$

342

 

 

$

262

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

 

6.00

%

 

 

5.75

%

 

 

5.50

%

 

Health care cost trend rate

 

 

5.00

%

 

 

5.00

%

 

 

5.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sensitivity analysis of health care cost trends:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of +1% on service cost plus interest cost

 

$

(12

)

 

$

(7

)

 

$

(8

)

 

Effect of –1% on service cost plus interest cost

 

 

9

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

7

 

 

Effect of +1% on APBO

 

 

(89

)

 

 

(74

)

 

 

(76

)

 

Effect of –1% on APBO

 

 

72

 

 

 

63

 

 

 

66

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assumptions used to value the Accumulated Postretirement Benefit Obligation (APBO):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

 

5.75

%

 

 

6.00

%

 

 

5.75

%

 

Health care cost trend rate

 

 

5.00

%

 

 

5.00

%

 

 

5.00

%

 

Ultimate trend rate

 

 

5.00

%

 

 

5.00

%

 

 

5.00

%

 

Year of ultimate trend rate

 

 

2008

 

 

 

2005

 

 

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

87

Estimated future benefit payments:

 

The following table shows the expected future payments for the next ten years:

 

During 2009

$

113

During 2010

 

112

During 2011

 

111

During 2012

 

115

During 2013

 

117

During 2014 through 2018

 

640

 

$

1,208

 

 

We assume that the average annual rate of increase for medical benefits will remain flat and stabilize at an average increase of 5% per annum. The costs incurred for retirees’ health care are limited since certain current and all future retirees are restricted to an annual medical premium cap indexed (since 1995) by the lesser of 4% or the actual increase in medical premiums paid by the Company. For 2008, this annual premium cap amounted to $2,400 per retiree. We estimate that we will contribute approximately $113,000 to the plan during fiscal 2009.

 

We have three additional plans. They are a Supplemental Pension Plan with a corresponding liability of $700,000, an Early Retirement Window Plan with a corresponding liability of $464,000 and a Director’s Plan with a corresponding liability of $113,000.

 

12. TAXES ON INCOME

 

The Company and its subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return and separate state income tax returns. Our income tax provision consists of the following:

 

Year Ended December 31,

2008

2007

2006

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current income taxes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal taxes

$

9,741

 

$

10,389

 

$

14,662

 

State and local taxes

 

119

 

 

2,274

 

 

2,278

 

Deferred income taxes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal taxes

 

(2,910

)

 

811

 

 

(1,336

)

State and local taxes

 

 

 

 

 

56

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

$

6,950

 

$

13,474

 

$

15,660

 

 

 

Current federal income taxes include taxes on income that cannot be offset by net operating loss carryforwards.

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The following is a summary of the significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2008 and 2007:

 

 

 

88

 

 

 

2008

2007

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Accelerated depreciation

 

$

(802

)

$

(618

)

 

Other

 

 

(99

)

 

(24

)

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

(1,556

)

 

(1,505

)

 

Deferred loan costs

 

 

(1,959

)

 

(2,100

)

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

 

 

(4,416

)

 

(4,247

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bad debt deductions

 

 

10,916

 

 

8,838

 

 

Tax credit carryforwards

 

 

150

 

 

150

 

 

Net operating loss carryforwards

 

 

 

 

2,482

 

 

Capital loss carryforwards

 

 

 

 

93

 

 

Loan fees

 

 

20

 

 

3

 

 

Reserves and other

 

 

4,379

 

 

2,732

 

 

Deferred gains

 

 

542

 

 

439

 

 

Unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities

 

 

7,731

 

 

2,366

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

 

23,738

 

 

17,103

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

 

 

 

(2,178

)

Net deferred tax asset

 

 

$

19,322

 

$

10,678

 

 

 

Included in the table above is the effect of certain temporary differences for which no deferred tax expense or benefit was recognized. Such items consisted primarily of unrealized gains and losses on certain investments in debt and equity securities accounted for under SFAS 115. Also included above are $369,000 of deferred tax assets recorded in conjunction with the acquisition of 1st Reverse.

 

Based on our history of prior earnings and our expectations of the future, it is anticipated that operating income and the reversal pattern of its temporary differences will, more likely than not, be sufficient to realize a net deferred tax asset of $19.3 million at December 31, 2008. Adjustments to decrease gross deferred tax assets and the related valuation allowance in the amount of $2,028,000, $473,000 and $51,000 were made in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, to reflect federal and state tax net operating losses that have expired. No federal or state net operating losses remain at December 31, 2008.

 

 

 

89

A reconciliation setting forth the differences between our effective tax rate and the U.S. Federal statutory tax rate is as follows:

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Statutory federal income tax rate

 

35.0

%

35.0

%

35.0

%

State tax net of federal tax benefit

 

0.3

 

3.4

 

3.2

 

Interest income 50% excludable

 

(3.2

)

(1.7

)

(1.6

)

Bank-owned life insurance income

 

(2.7

)

(1.8

)

(3.0

)

Charitable donation

 

 

(5.0

)

 

Incentive stock option compensation

 

0.7

 

0.5

 

0.6

 

Other

 

 

0.8

 

(0.2

)

Effective tax rate

 

30.1

%

31.2

%

34.0

%

 

 

During 2007, we donated an N.C. Wyeth mural which was previously displayed in our former headquarters. The estimated fair value of the mural was $6.0 million, which was recorded as a charitable contribution expense. We recognized a related offsetting gain on the transfer of the asset during 2007. The expense and offsetting gain was shown net in our Consolidated Financial Statements. As the gain on the transfer of the asset is permanently excludible from taxation, the charitable contribution transaction results in a permanent deduction for income tax purposes. The amount of the deduction represents an income tax uncertainty because it is subject to evaluation by the Internal Revenue Service.

 

We record interest and penalties on potential income tax deficiencies as income tax expense. Federal tax years 2007 and 2008 remain subject to examination as of December 31, 2008, while tax years 2005 through 2008 remain subject to examination by state taxing jurisdictions. The IRS audit of our 2004, 2005 and 2006 federal income tax returns was completed during 2008. No state income tax return examinations are currently in process. We believe it is reasonably possible that between $500,000 and $1.0 million of unrecognized state tax benefits, net of federal tax, will be realized during 2009 as a result of the expiration of statutes of limitations. It is also reasonably possible that between $100,000 and $200,000 of additional reserves will be established during 2009 related to interest on existing unrecognized tax benefits.

 

During 2007, an additional $3.6 million tax reserve was established related primarily to the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) disallowance of the deduction for certain compensation in prior periods. This adjustment was the result of a routine IRS audit of our 2004 through 2006 tax years. Because the original tax benefit for this item was recorded as an increase to equity, $3.4 million of the tax liability was recorded as a reduction to equity in 2007. Even though this matter was not yet settled, standards under FIN 48 required this reserve to be established during 2007. In order to stop interest from accruing on this tax liability until the matter could be resolved through the IRS appeals process, we deposited the entire $3.4 million, plus interest in 2007 so that no reserve remained for this matter as of December 31, 2007. During 2008 we successfully completed the IRS appeal process and recovered $863,000 of taxes plus $145,000 of interest that were previously assessed during the audit phase. The tax recovery was recorded as an increase to equity in 2008 while the interest received was recorded as a reduction of income tax expense.

 

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2008 was $2.6 million, of which $2.1 million would affect our effective tax rate if recognized. The total amount of accrued interest and penalties included in such unrecognized tax benefits were $572,000 and $0, respectively, of which $175,000 was recorded as expense in 2008. A reconciliation of the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits during 2008 is as follows:

 

 

 

90

(In Thousands)

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2007

$

2,632

Additions as a result of tax positions taken during prior years

 

676

Additions as a result of tax positions taken during current year

 

Reductions relating to settlements with taxing authorities

 

Reductions as a result of a lapse of statutes of limitations

 

(723)

Unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2008

$

2,585

 

 

13. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

 

Stock-based compensation is accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 123. We have stock options outstanding under two plans (collectively, “Stock Incentive Plans”) for officers, directors and Associates of the Company and its subsidiaries. After shareholder approval in 2005, the 1997 Stock Option Plan (“1997 Plan”) was replaced by the 2005 Incentive Plan (“2005 Plan”). No future awards may be granted under the 1997 Plan. The 2005 Plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary of its effective date, after which no awards may be granted. The number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2005 Plan is 862,000. At December 31, 2008, there were 327,851 shares available for future grants under the 2005 Plan.

 

The Stock Incentive Plans provide for the granting of incentive stock options as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code as well as nonincentive stock options (collectively, “Stock Options”). Additionally, the 2005 Plan provides for the granting of stock appreciation rights, performance awards, restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards, deferred stock units, dividend equivalents, other stock-based awards and cash awards. All Stock Options are to be granted at not less than the market price of our common stock on the date of the grant. All Stock Options granted during 2008 vest in 25% per annum increments, start to become exercisable one year from the grant date and expire in five years from the grant date. Generally, all awards become immediately exercisable in the event of a change in control, as defined within the Stock Incentive Plans.

 

A summary of the status of our Stock Incentive Plans as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, and changes during the years then ended is presented below:

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-

 

 

 

Weighted-

 

 

 

Weighted-

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise

 

 

 

Exercise

 

 

 

Exercise

 

 

 

Shares

 

Price

 

Shares

 

Price

 

Shares

 

Price

 

Stock Options:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at beginning of year

 

 

722,582

 

$

43.14

 

 

703,427

 

$

39.52

 

 

742,404

 

$

31.92

 

Granted

 

 

33,250

 

 

49.08

 

 

121,375

 

 

54.25

 

 

106,905

 

 

64.93

 

Exercised

 

 

(60,240

)

 

20.51

 

 

(80,836

)

 

23.85

 

 

(143,346

)

 

19.01

 

Forfeited

 

 

(19,705

)

 

59.27

 

 

(21,384

)

 

60.08

 

 

(2,536

)

 

46.19

 

Outstanding at end of year

 

 

675,887

 

 

44.98

 

 

722,582

 

 

43.14

 

 

703,427

 

 

39.52

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercisable at end of year

 

 

473,445

 

 

39.84

 

 

444,653

 

 

33.75

 

 

416,773

 

 

26.91

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average fair value of awards granted

 

$

10.57

 

 

 

 

$

11.36

 

 

 

 

$

13.52

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

91

Beginning January 1, 2008, 444,653 stock options were exercisable with an intrinsic value of $8.4 million. In addition, at January 1, 2008 there were 277,929 nonvested options with a grant date fair value of $12.43. During the year ended December 31, 2008, 105,479 options vested with an intrinsic value of $57,000, and a grant date fair value of $12.47 per option. Also during 2008, 60,240 options were exercised with an intrinsic value of $2.0 million. In addition, 16,447 vested options were forfeited with an intrinsic value of $7,000 and a grant date fair value of $13.59, while 19,705 options were forfeited in total with a grant date fair value of $13.41. There were 473,445 exercisable options remaining at December 31, 2008, with an intrinsic value of $6.1 million and a remaining contractual term of 3.4 years. At December 31, 2008 there were 675,887 stock options outstanding with an intrinsic value of $6.1 million and a remaining contractual term of 3.5 years and 202,442 nonvested options with a grant date fair value of $12.10. During 2007, 80,836 options were exercised with an intrinsic value of $3.3 million and 103,286 options vested with a grant date fair value of $11.86 per option.

 

The total amount of compensation cost related to nonvested stock options as of December 31, 2008 was $1.5 million. The weighted-average period over which it is expected to be recognized is 2.6 years. We issue new shares upon the exercise of options.

 

During 2008, we granted 33,250 options with a five-year life and a four-year vesting period. The Black-Scholes option-pricing model was used to determine the grant date fair value of these options. Significant assumptions used in the model included a weighted-average risk-free rate of return of between 1.1% and 2.7% in 2008; an expected option life of three and three-quarter years; and an expected stock price volatility of between 23.4% and 29.6% in 2008. For the purposes of this option-pricing model, a dividend yield of between 0.8% and 1.1% was used as the expected dividend yield. The expected option life was determined based on the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term.

 

The Black-Scholes and other option-pricing models assume that options are freely tradable and immediately vested. Since options are not transferable, have vesting provisions, and are subject to trading blackout periods imposed by us, the value calculated by the Black-Scholes model may significantly overstate the true economic value of the options.

 

During 2008, we created two new performance-based incentive programs under the terms of the 2005 Plan. Under these programs shares of WSFS stock may be awarded to certain members of management.

 

We created a Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Program which would have awarded restricted stock to senior management if a specified earnings per share (EPS) target was achieved during 2008. At December 31, 2008 the target was not achieved, therefore no awards were made.

 

The Long-Term Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Program (Long-Term Program) will award up to an aggregate of 109,200 shares of WSFS stock to seventeen participants, only after the achievement of targeted levels of return on assets (“ROA”). Under the terms of the plan, if an annual ROA performance level of 1.20% is achieved, up to 54,900 shares will be awarded. If an annual ROA performance level of 1.35% is achieved, up to 76,100 shares will be awarded. If an annual ROA performance level of 1.50% or greater is achieved, up to 109,200 shares will be awarded. If these targets are achieved in any year up until 2011, the awarded stock will then vest in 25% increments over four years.

 

We did not recognize any compensation expense in 2008 for these two new programs. The Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Program was effective only for 2008 and has expired. Compensation expense for the Long-Term Program will be based on the closing stock price as of May 28, 2008 and will begin to be recognized once the achievement of target performance is considered probable.

 

Currently we have 327,851 shares available for issuance under the 2005 Plan. Full share awards, such as restricted stock, have the equivalence of four option grants for the purpose of calculating shares available for issuance. Under the

 

 

 

92

provisions of the Long Term Program, if a performance level is achieved and there are insufficient shares available for grant, then we would have the option of granting the available shares with the remainder being paid in cash.

 

The impact of stock-based compensation for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $851,000 pretax ($731,000 after tax), or $0.12 per share, to salaries, benefits and other compensation, compared to $1.2 million pretax ($1.0 million after tax), or $0.16 per share in 2007 and $1.5 million pretax ($1.3 million after tax), or $0.19 per share in 2006. The decrease in expense related to stock-based compensation in 2008 was due to a timing change made during 2008. In prior years, stock options have been granted to Associates during the fourth quarter. The stock options that would have been awarded in the fourth quarter of 2008 have been delayed until the first quarter of 2009. This delay and the effect of immediately expensing stock-based compensation to retirement eligible Associates accounted for the reduction in compensation expense related to stock options.

 

The following table summarizes all stock options outstanding and exercisable for Option Plans as of December 31, 2008, segmented by range of exercise prices:

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

Exercisable

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-

 

Weighted-

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

Average

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise

 

Remaining

 

 

 

Exercise

 

 

 

Number

 

Price

 

Contractual Life

 

Number

 

Price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock Options:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$6.90-$13.80

 

40,270

 

$

10.89

 

1.9 years

 

40,270

 

$

10.89

 

$13.81-$20.70

 

118,570

 

 

16.88

 

2.7 years

 

118,570

 

 

16.88

 

$20.71-$27.60

 

 

 

 

— years

 

 

 

 

$27.61-$34.50

 

61,755

 

 

33.40

 

4.0 years

 

61,755

 

 

33.40

 

$34.51-$41.40

 

 

 

 

— years

 

 

 

 

$41.41-$48.30

 

85,215

 

 

44.49

 

6.2 years

 

61,681

 

 

43.77

 

$48.31-$55.20

 

120,915

 

 

53.20

 

4.0 years

 

32,726

 

 

53.16

 

$55.21-$62.10

 

71,027

 

 

58.84

 

5.5 years

 

50,291

 

 

58.89

 

$62.11-$69.00

 

178,135

 

 

64.53

 

2.5 years

 

108,152

 

 

64.34

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

675,887

 

$

44.98

 

3.7 years

 

473,445

 

$

39.84

 

 

 

During 2008, 2007 and 2006, we issued 185, 129 and 15,269 shares, respectively, of restricted stock. These awards vest over five years: 0% in the first two years, 25% in each of the third and fourth years and 50% in the fifth year.

 

14. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

 

Lending Operations

 

At December 31, 2008, we had commitments to extend credit of $700.5 million. Consumer lines of credit totaled $47.7 million of which $27.9 million was secured by real estate. Outstanding letters of credit were $59.7 million and outstanding commitments to make or acquire mortgage loans aggregated $8.3 million. Approximately $7.5 million of these mortgage loan commitments were at fixed rates ranging from 4.38% to 6.38%, and approximately $757,000 was at variable rates ranging from 5.75% to 6.88%. Mortgage commitments generally have closing dates within a six-month period.

 

 

 

93

                        Data Processing Operations

 

We have entered into contracts to manage our network operations, data processing and other related services. The projected amounts of future minimum payments contractually due (in thousands) are as follows:

 

 

2009

 

$

3,683

2010

 

$

906

2011

 

$

74

2012

 

$

11

 

 

 

Legal Proceedings

 

In the ordinary course of business, we are subject to legal actions that involve claims for monetary relief. Based upon information presently available to us and our counsel, it is our opinion that any legal and financial responsibility arising from such claims will not have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

 

We, as successor to originators, are from time to time involved in arbitration or litigation with reverse mortgage loan borrowers or with the heirs of borrowers. Because reverse mortgages are a relatively new and uncommon product, there can be no assurances regarding how the courts or arbitrators may apply existing legal principles to the interpretation and enforcement of the terms and conditions of our reverse mortgage rights and obligations.

 

 

Financial Instruments With Off-Balance Sheet Risk

 

We are a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business primarily to meet the financing needs of our customers. To varying degrees, these financial instruments involve elements of credit risk that are not recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Condition.

 

Exposure to loss for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit written is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. We generally require collateral to support such financial instruments in excess of the contractual amount of those instruments and essentially use the same credit policies in making commitments as we do for on-balance sheet instruments.

 

 

The following represents a summary of off-balance sheet financial instruments at year-end:

 

December 31,

 

2008

 

2007

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

Financial instruments with contract amounts which represent potential credit risk:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction loan commitments

 

$

208,307

 

$

154,875

Commercial mortgage loan commitments

 

 

126,918

 

 

105,094

Commercial loan commitments

 

 

249,643

 

 

223,181

Commercial standby letters of credit

 

 

59,703

 

 

45,977

Residential mortgage loan commitments

 

 

8,270

 

 

8,435

Consumer loan commitments

 

 

47,699

 

 

48,690

 

 

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being completely drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

 

 

 

94

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. We evaluate each customer’s creditworthiness and obtain collateral based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty.

 

Indemnifications

Secondary Market Loan Sales. We generally do not sell loans with recourse except to the extent arising from standard loan sale contract provisions covering violations of representations and warranties and, under certain circumstances first payment default by the borrower. These are customary repurchase provisions in the secondary market for conforming mortgage loan sales. We typically sell fixed-rate, conforming first mortgage loans in the secondary market as part of our ongoing asset/liability management program. Loans held-for-sale are carried at the lower of cost or market of the aggregate or in some cases individual loans. Gains and losses on sales of loans are recognized at the time of the sale.

 

As is customary in such sales, we provide indemnifications to the buyers under certain circumstances. These indemnifications may include the repurchase of loans by us. Repurchases and losses are rare, and no provision is made for losses at the time of sale. During 2008, we had no repurchases.

 

Swap Guarantees. We entered into agreements with two unaffiliated financial institutions whereby those financial institutions entered into interest rate derivative contracts (interest rate swap transactions) with customers referred to them by us. By the terms of the agreements, those financial institutions have recourse to us for any exposure created under each swap transaction in the event the customer defaults on the swap agreement and the agreement is in a paying position to the third-party financial institution. This is a customary arrangement that allows smaller financial institutions like us to provide access to interest rate swap transactions for our customers without creating the swap ourselves.

 

At December 31, 2008, there were thirty-nine variable-rate to fixed-rate swap transactions between the third-party financial institution and our customers with an initial notional amount aggregating approximately $176.6 million, and with maturities ranging from four months to fourteen years. The aggregate fair value of these swaps to the customers was a liability of $20.9 million as of December 31, 2008, and all of the swap transactions were in a paying position to third-party financial institutions.

 

ATM Cash Management. In 2007, we entered into an agreement with a financial institution, whereby they provide cash for distribution/cash management by CashConnect, our ATM division. Under this agreement we accept the operational risk associated with this cash and are legally bound to reimburse the financial institution for any related operational losses. We have taken steps to mitigate the risk of loss to us by purchasing a multi-layer insurance policy and instituting strong operational controls. Additionally, CashConnect has the ability to recover losses from its vault cash customers based on the strength of our ATM cash bailment agreements, which hold the ATM vault cash customers responsible for any loss of cash, which is not a result of our gross negligence.

 

15. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

The reported fair values of financial instruments are based on a variety of factors. In certain cases, fair values represent quoted market prices for identical or comparable instruments. In other cases, fair values have been estimated based on assumptions regarding the amount and timing of estimated future cash flows that are discounted to reflect current market rates and varying degrees of risk. Accordingly, the fair values may not represent actual values of the financial instruments that could have been realized as of year-end or that will be realized in the future.

 

 

 

95

            The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value:

Cash and Short-Term Investments: For cash and short-term investments, including due from banks, federal funds sold, securities purchased under agreements to resell and interest-bearing deposits with other banks, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

 

Investments and Mortgage-Backed Securities: Fair value for investment and mortgage-backed securities is based on quoted market prices, where available. If a quoted market price is not available, fair value is estimated using quoted prices for similar securities. The fair value of our investment in reverse mortgages is based on the net present value of estimated cash flows, which have been updated to reflect recent external appraisals of the underlying collateral. For additional discussion of our mortgage-backed securities-trading, see Footnote 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Loans: Fair values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics. Loans are segregated by type: commercial, commercial mortgages, construction, residential mortgages and consumer. For loans that reprice frequently, the book value approximates fair value. The fair values of other types of loans are estimated by discounting expected cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with comparable credit ratings and for similar remaining maturities. The fair value of nonperforming loans is based on recent external appraisals of the underlying collateral. Estimated cash flows, discounted using a rate commensurate with current rates and the risk associated with the estimated cash flows, are utilized if appraisals are not available.

 

Bank-Owned Life Insurance:  The estimated fair value approximates the book value for this investment

 

Stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh:  The fair value of FHLB stock is assumed to be essentially equal to its cost basis, since the stock is non-marketable but redeemable at its part value.

 

Deposit Liabilities: The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as noninterest-bearing demand deposits, money market and interest-bearing demand deposits and savings deposits, is assumed to be equal to the amount payable on demand. The carrying value of variable rate time deposits and time deposits that reprice frequently also approximates fair value. The fair value of the remaining time deposits is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rate is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits with comparable remaining maturities.

 

Borrowed Funds: Rates currently available to us for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities are used to estimate fair value of existing debt.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Instruments: The fair value of off-balance sheet instruments, including commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit, is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements with comparable remaining terms and reflects the present creditworthiness of the counterparties.

 

 

 

 

96

  The book value and estimated fair value of our financial instruments are as follows:

 

December 31,

2008

 

2007

 

Book Value

Fair Value

 

Book Value

Fair Value

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$    248,558

$    248,558

 

$    267,537

$    267,537

Investment securities

49,688

49,578

 

28,272

28,254

Mortgage-backed securities

498,205

498,205

 

496,792

496,284

Loans, net

2,443,835

2,435,135

 

2,233,980

2,240,847

Bank-owned life insurance

59,337

59,337

 

57,551

57,551

Stock in Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh

39,305

39,290

 

45,537

45,455

Accrued interest receivable

11,609

11,609

 

12,905

12,905

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

2,122,352

2,101,881

 

1,827,161

1,811,947

Borrowed funds

1,066,745

1,035,401

 

1,135,160

1,136,020

Accrued interest payable

6,794

6,794

 

10,189

10,189

 

 

The estimated fair value of our off-balance sheet financial instruments is as follows:

 

December 31,

 

2008

2007

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

Off-balance sheet instruments:

 

 

 

 

Commitments to extend credit

 

$5,926

$4,942

 

Standby letters of credit

 

597

460

 

 

16. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

We routinely enter into transactions with our directors and officers. Such transactions are made in the ordinary course of business and management believes they are on substantially the same terms and conditions, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the same time for comparable transactions with other customers, and do not, in the opinion of management, involve more than the normal credit risk or present other unfavorable features. The aggregate amount of loans to such related parties was $5.0 million and $5.4 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. During 2008, new loans and credit line advances to such related parties amounted to $5.3 million and repayments amounted to $5.8 million.

 

Our Chairman was also the Chairman of the FHLB of Pittsburgh. At December 31, 2008, we had borrowed funds outstanding from the FHLB of Pittsburgh of $816.0 million and owned $39.3 million of FHLB of Pittsburgh stock.

 

During 2007 we engaged a law firm that is affiliated with one of our directors for general legal services.  Total fees for such services amounted to $56,000 during 2007.  We paid no fees to this firm during 2008.

 

 

 

 

 

97

17. PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

Condensed Statement of Financial Condition

 

December 31,

 

2008

 

2007

 

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

3,228

 

$

682

 

Investment in subsidiaries

 

 

277,439

 

 

275,258

 

Investment in interest rate cap

 

 

 

 

 

Investment in Capital Trust III

 

 

2,011

 

 

2,011

 

Other assets

 

 

1,232

 

 

800

 

Total assets

 

$

283,910

 

$

278,751

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings

 

$

67,011

 

$

67,011

 

Interest payable

 

 

229

 

 

372

 

Other liabilities

 

 

35

 

 

38

 

Total liabilities

 

 

67,275

 

 

67,421

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock

 

 

157

 

 

157

 

Capital in excess of par value

 

 

87,033

 

 

83,077

 

Comprehensive loss

 

 

(12,613

)

 

(3,861

)

Retained earnings

 

 

390,338

 

 

376,682

 

Treasury stock

 

 

(248,280

)

 

(244,725

)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

216,635

 

 

211,330

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

283,910

 

$

278,751

 

 

 

 

 

 

98

Condensed Statement of Operations

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2008

 

 

2007

 

 

2006

 

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

324

 

$

337

 

$

594

 

Noninterest income

 

 

134

 

 

166

 

 

354

 

 

 

 

458

 

 

503

 

 

948

 

Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

3,275

 

 

4,752

 

 

5,053

 

Other operating expenses

 

 

(941

)

 

(1,437

)

 

(1,386

)

 

 

 

2,334

 

 

3,315

 

 

3,667

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss before equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

 

 

(1,875

)

 

(2,812

)

 

(2,719

)

Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

 

 

18,011

 

 

32,461

 

 

33,160

 

Net income

 

$

16,136

 

$

29,649

 

$

30,441

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Condensed Statement of Cash Flows

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2008

 

 

2007

 

 

2006

 

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

16,136

 

$

29,649

 

$

30,441

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used for operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

 

 

(18,011

)

 

(32,461

)

 

(33,160

)

Amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

560

 

Decrease (increase) in other assets

 

 

(432

)

 

443

 

 

(606

)

(Decrease) increase in other liabilities

 

 

(146

)

 

(38

)

 

51

 

Net cash used for operating activities

 

 

(2,453

)

 

(2,407

)

 

(2,714

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Decrease (increase) in investment in subsidiaries

 

 

7,430

 

 

34,898

 

 

(646

)

Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities

 

 

7,430

 

 

34,898

 

 

(646

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock

 

 

3,956

 

 

1,784

 

 

6,907

 

Dividends paid on common stock

 

 

(2,832

)

 

(2,403

)

 

(2,057

)

Treasury stock, net of reissuance

 

 

(3,555

)

 

(36,174

)

 

(6,603

)

Net cash used for financing activities

 

 

(2,431

)

 

(36,793

)

 

(1,753

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Decrease) increase in cash

 

 

2,546

 

 

(4,302

)

 

(5,113

)

Cash at beginning of period

 

 

682

 

 

4,984

 

 

10,097

 

Cash at end of period

 

$

3,228

 

$

682

 

$

4,984

 

 

 

 

 

 

99

18. ACCOUNTING FOR INTEREST RATE CAP

 

We had an interest-rate cap with a notional amount of $50.0 million, which limited the three-month LIBOR to 6.00% for the ten years ending December 1, 2008. The fair value of the cap was estimated using a standard option model. The cap was considered a free standing derivative and all changes in the fair value of the cap were recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. During 2008, 2007 and 2006 we recognized interest expense related to the cap of zero, $30,000 and $560,000, respectively.

 

19. SEGMENT INFORMATION

 

Under the definition of SFAS No. 131, Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information (SFAS 131), we discuss our business in three segments. There is one segment for WSFS Bank and one for Cash Connect, the ATM division of WSFS. The third segment, “All Others,” represents the combined contributions of Montchanin, WSFS Investment Group, Inc., our Wealth Management Services Division, and 1st Reverse. Montchanin, WSFS Investment Group, Inc., Wealth Management Services Division, and 1st Reverse each offer different products, to a separate customer base, through distinct distribution methods. Therefore, we have combined Montchanin, WSFS Investment Group, Inc., Wealth Management Services Division, and 1st Reverse to form the operating segment “All Others.”

 

The WSFS segment provides financial products to commercial and retail customers through its main office, 35 retail banking and loan production offices and operations center. Retail and Commercial Banking, Commercial Real Estate Lending, Private Banking and other banking business units are operating departments of WSFS. These departments share the same regulator, market, many of the same customers and provide similar products and services through the general infrastructure of the Company. Because of these and other reasons, these departments are not considered discrete segments and are appropriately aggregated within the WSFS segment of the Company in accordance with SFAS 131.

 

Cash Connect provides turnkey ATM services through strategic partnerships with several of the largest networks, manufacturers and service providers in the ATM industry. The balance sheet category “Cash in non-owned ATMs” includes cash from which fee income is earned through bailment arrangements with customers of Cash Connect.

 

Montchanin provides asset management products and services to customers in the Company’s primary market area. Montchanin has one consolidated wholly-owned subsidiary, Cypress. Cypress is a Wilmington-based investment advisory firm serving high net-worth individuals and institutions. WSFS Investment Group, Inc. markets various third-party insurance products and securities directly to the public and through the Bank’s retail banking system. The Wealth Management Services Division provides wealth management and personal trust services to customers in the Company’s primary market area. 1st Reverse originates and subsequently sells reverse mortgage loans.

 

An operating segment is a component of an enterprise that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses, whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the enterprise’s chief operating decision makers to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and assess its performance, and for which discrete financial information is available. We evaluate performance based on pretax ordinary income relative to resources used, and allocate resources based on these results. The accounting policies applicable to our segments are those that apply to our preparation of the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements. Segment information for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 follows:

 

 

 

 

100

For the Year Ended December 31, 2008:

 

WSFS

 

CashConnect

 

All Others (1)

 

Total

 

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

External customer revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

166,477

 

$

 

$

 

$

166,477

 

Noninterest income

 

 

27,479

 

 

13,752

 

 

4,758

 

 

45,989

 

Total external customer revenues

 

 

193,956

 

 

13,752

 

 

4,758

 

 

212,466

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intersegment revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

3,545

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

3,550

 

Noninterest income

 

 

3,567

 

 

641

 

 

 

 

4,208

 

Total intersegment revenues

 

 

7,112

 

 

641

 

 

5

 

 

7,758

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenue

 

 

201,068

 

 

14,393

 

 

4,763

 

 

220,224

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

External customer expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

77,258

 

 

 

 

 

 

77,258

 

Noninterest expenses

 

 

75,813

 

 

5,978

 

 

7,307

 

 

89,098

 

Provision for loan loss

 

 

23,024

 

 

 

 

 

 

23,024

 

Total external customer expenses

 

 

176,095

 

 

5,978

 

 

7,307

 

 

189,380

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intersegment expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

5

 

 

3,524

 

 

21

 

 

3,550

 

Noninterest expenses

 

 

641

 

 

868

 

 

2,699

 

 

4,208

 

Total intersegment expenses

 

 

646

 

 

4,392

 

 

2,720

 

 

7,758

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total expenses

 

 

176,741

 

 

10,370

 

 

10,027

 

 

197,138

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) before taxes

 

$

24,327

 

$

4,023

 

$

(5,264

)

$

23,086

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,950

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

16,136

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

56,489

 

$

189,965

 

$

2,104

 

$

248,558

 

Other segment assets

 

 

3,168,467

 

 

12,836

 

 

2,699

 

 

3,184,002

 

Total segment assets

 

$

3,224,956

 

$

202,801

 

$

4,803

 

$

3,432,560

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditures

 

$

4,587

 

$

204

 

$

109

 

$

4,900

 

 

(1) Includes Montchanin Capital Management, Inc., WSFS Investment Group Inc.,Wealth Management Services Division and 1st Reverse.

 

 

 

101

For the Year Ended December 31, 2007:

 

 

WSFS

 

 

CashConnect

 

 

All Others (1)

 

 

Total

 

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

External customer revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

189,477

 

$

 

$

 

$

189,477

 

Noninterest income

 

 

27,991

 

 

16,584

 

 

3,591

 

 

48,166

 

Total external customer revenues

 

 

217,468

 

 

16,584

 

 

3,591

 

 

237,643

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intersegment revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

8,684

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,684

 

Noninterest income

 

 

2,544

 

 

675

 

 

 

 

3,219

 

Total intersegment revenues

 

 

11,228

 

 

675

 

 

 

 

11,903

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenue

 

 

228,696

 

 

17,259

 

 

3,591

 

 

249,546

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

External customer expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

107,468

 

 

 

 

 

 

107,468

 

Noninterest expenses

 

 

72,657

 

 

4,683

 

 

4,691

 

 

82,031

 

Provision for loan loss

 

 

5,021

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,021

 

Total external customer expenses

 

 

185,146

 

 

4,683

 

 

4,691

 

 

194,520

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intersegment expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

8,684

 

 

 

 

8,684

 

Noninterest expenses

 

 

675

 

 

1,076

 

 

1,468

 

 

3,219

 

Total intersegment expenses

 

 

675

 

 

9,760

 

 

1,468

 

 

11,903

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total expenses

 

 

185,821

 

 

14,443

 

 

6,159

 

 

206,423

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) before taxes and minority interest

 

$

42,875

 

$

2,816

 

$

(2,568

)

$

43,123

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,474

 

Minority interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

29,649

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

83,650

 

$

182,523

 

$

1,364

 

$

267,537

 

Other segment assets

 

 

2,913,328

 

 

17,314

 

 

2,009

 

 

2,932,651

 

Total segment assets

 

$

2,996,978

 

$

199,837

 

$

3,373

 

$

3,200,188

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditures

 

$

8,134

 

$

194

 

$

5

 

$

8,333

 

 

(1) Includes Montchanin Capital Management, Inc., WSFS Investment Group Inc.,Wealth Management Services Division and 1st Reverse.

 

 

 

 

102

For the Year Ended December 31, 2006:

 

WSFS

 

CashConnect

 

All Others (1)

 

Total

 

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

External customer revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

177,177

 

$

 

$

 

$

177,177

 

Noninterest income

 

 

21,472

 

 

15,644

 

 

3,189

 

 

40,305

 

Total external customer revenues

 

 

198,649

 

 

15,644

 

 

3,189

 

 

217,482

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intersegment revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

8,071

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,071

 

Noninterest income

 

 

1,704

 

 

685

 

 

 

 

2,389

 

Total intersegment revenues

 

 

9,775

 

 

685

 

 

 

 

10,460

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenue

 

 

208,424

 

 

16,329

 

 

3,189

 

 

227,942

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

External customer expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

99,278

 

 

 

 

 

 

99,278

 

Noninterest expenses

 

 

61,521

 

 

4,222

 

 

3,571

 

 

69,314

 

Provision for loan loss

 

 

2,738

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,738

 

Total external customer expenses

 

 

163,537

 

 

4,222

 

 

3,571

 

 

171,330

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intersegment expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

8,071

 

 

 

 

8,071

 

Noninterest expenses

 

 

685

 

 

688

 

 

1,016

 

 

2,389

 

Total intersegment expenses

 

 

685

 

 

8,759

 

 

1,016

 

 

10,460

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total expenses

 

 

164,222

 

 

12,981

 

 

4,587

 

 

181,790

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) before taxes and minority interest

 

$

44,202

 

$

3,348

 

$

(1,398

)

$

46,152

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,660

 

Minority interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

51

 

Consolidated net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

30,441

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

74,905

 

$

166,092

 

$

827

 

$

241,824

 

Other segment assets

 

 

2,738,531

 

 

15,228

 

 

1,813

 

 

2,755,572

 

Total segment assets

 

$

2,813,436

 

$

181,320

 

$

2,640

 

$

2,997,396

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditures

 

$

9,790

 

$

382

 

$

20

 

$

10,192

 

 

(1) Includes Montchanin Capital Management, Inc., WSFS Investment Group Inc.,Wealth Management Services Division and 1st Reverse.

 

 

103

 

20.  BUSINESS COMBINATIONNS

 

1st Reverse Financial Services, LLC Acquisition

 

On April 30, 2008, we completed the acquisition of a 51% majority stake in 1st Reverse Financial Services, LLC ("1st Reverse").  Operating results of 1st Reverse are included in the consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition.  As a result of the acquisition, we expect to build on the knowledge and experience we have gained over nearly 15 years of success with reverse mortgages and promote this senior-friendly product to customers on a national basis.  This business is expected to enhance our revenue and fee income, further diversify and strengthen our business model and move towards our goal of high performance.

 

The acquisition resulted in recording $685,000 of goodwill, which is the excess cost over the fair value of its assets at the time of acquisition.  Other intangibles amounting to $658,000 were also identified in the transaciton, with amortization periods of 5-10 years using straight-line methods.  A portion of the good will and all the intangibles will be deducted for tax purposes.

 

Sun National Bank Branch Purchase

 

On October 23, 2008, we completed the acquisition of six branches from Sun National Bank and their repective deposits.  The oeprating results of these branches have been included in the consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition.  We expect this acquisition to further solidify our market share in Delaware, expand our customer base to enhance deposit fee income and provide an opportunity to market additional products and services to new customers.

 

The aggregate cash purchase price was $11.5 million.  The purchase price resulted in approximately $10 million in goodwill and $2 million in core deposit intangibles ("CDI").  This CDI will be amortized over 7.5 years, using straight-line methods.  The goodwill and intangible assets will be deducted for tax purposes.  In the transaction, WSFS acquired $95.3 million of deposits.

 

The goodwill related to both the 1st Reverse acquisition and the Sun National Bank branch purchase will not be amortized, but instead will be evaluated periodically for impairment.

 

21. SUBSEQUENT EVENT

 

In January 2009, WSFS entered into a definitive agreement with the U.S. Treasury. Pursuant to the agreement, WSFS sold to the U.S. Treasury, 52,625 shares of senior preferred stock, having a liquidation amount equal to $1,000 per share, or $52.6 million. These shares of senior preferred stock also has an attached warrant (Warrant) to purchase 175,105 shares of WSFS’ common stock, par value $0.01 per share, for the aggregate price of $7.9 million. The preferred stock qualifies as Tier 1 capital and will pay cumulative dividends at a rate of 5% per year, for the first five years, and 9% per year thereafter.

 

 

 

104

The Warrant has a 10-year term with 50% vesting immediately upon issuance and the remaining 50% vesting on January 1, 2010 if certain qualified equity offerings are not satisfied. The Warrant has an exercise price, subject to anti-dilution adjustments, equal to $45.08 per share of common stock.

 

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL SUMMARY (Unaudited)

 

Three months ended

 

12/31/08

 

09/30/08

 

06/30/08

 

03/31/08

 

12/31/07

 

09/30/07

 

06/30/07

 

03/31/07

 

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

39,785

 

$

41,337

 

$

40,795

 

$

44,560

 

$

48,143

 

$

47,579

 

$

46,667

 

$

47,088

 

Interest expense

 

 

17,209

 

 

18,030

 

 

18,428

 

 

23,591

 

 

27,433

 

 

27,480

 

 

26,527

 

 

26,028

 

Net interest income

 

 

22,576

 

 

23,307

 

 

22,367

 

 

20,969

 

 

20,710

 

 

20,099

 

 

20,140

 

 

21,060

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

(1)14,699

 

 

3,502

 

 

2,433

 

 

2,390

 

 

2,376

 

 

1,001

 

 

1,273

 

 

371

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

 

7,877

 

 

19,805

 

 

19,934

 

 

18,579

 

 

18,334

 

 

19,098

 

 

18,867

 

 

20,689

 

Noninterest income

 

 

10,128

 

 

11,684

 

 

11,671

 

 

12,506

 

 

13,008

 

 

12,809

 

 

11,616

 

 

10,733

 

Noninterest expenses

 

 

23,969

 

 

23,022

 

 

21,170

 

 

20,937

 

 

22,313

 

 

21,333

 

 

19,027

 

 

19,358

 

Income before minority interest and taxes

 

 

(5,964

)

 

8,467

 

 

10,435

 

 

10,148

 

 

9,029

 

 

10,574

 

 

11,456

 

 

12,064

 

Less minority interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before taxes

 

 

(5,964

)

 

8,467

 

 

10,435

 

 

10,148

 

 

9,029

 

 

10,574

 

 

11,456

 

 

12,064

 

Income tax provision

 

 

(2,644

)

 

2,957

 

 

3,735

 

 

2,902

 

 

1,533

 

 

3,431

 

 

4,227

 

 

4,283

 

Net Income

 

$

(3,320

)

$

5,510

 

$

6,700

 

$

7,246

 

$

7,496

 

$

7,143

 

$

7,229

 

$

7,781

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

(0.54

)

 

0.90

 

 

1.09

 

 

1.17

 

 

1.21

 

 

1.14

 

 

1.15

 

 

1.19

 

Diluted

 

 

(0.54

)

 

0.88

 

 

1.07

 

 

1.15

 

 

1.18

 

 

1.11

 

 

1.11

 

 

1.15

 

 

(1) During the fourth quarter of 2008, we recorded a $14.7 million provision for loan losses, which was primarily related to the impairment of four large construction and land development (CLD) credits.

 

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

 

There are no matters required to be disclosed under this item.

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

Our management evaluated, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective.

 

During the quarter ended December 31, 2008, there was no change in internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

 

105

                Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

To Our Stockholders:

 

Management of the Corporation is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Corporation’s management and board of directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements.

 

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control - Integrated Framework. Based on this assessment, management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2008, the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria.

 

KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the Company’s consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2008 and the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, as stated in their reports, which are included herein.

 

 

/s/ Mark A. Turner

 

/s/ Stephen A. Fowle

Mark A. Turner

 

Executive Vice President and

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

106

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

WSFS Financial Corporation:

 

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of WSFS Financial Corporation and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2008 based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, WSFS Financial Corporation and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statement of condition of the Company as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008, and our report dated March 16, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

 

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

 

 

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

 

 

March 16, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

107

 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

 

There are no matters required to be disclosed under this item.

 

PART III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

The Information under “Directors and Officers of WSFS Financial Corporation and Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB” and “Committees of the Board of Directors” in the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the registrant’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on April 23, 2009 (the “Proxy Statement”) is incorporated into this item by reference.

 

We have adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, controller or persons performing similar functions. A copy of the Code of Ethics is posted on our website at www.wsfsbank.com.

 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

The information under the heading “Compensation” and “Compensation of the Board of Directors” in the Proxy Statement is incorporated into this item by reference.

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

 

(a)

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners

 

Information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned “Other Information - Large Stockholders” of the Proxy Statement

 

 

(b)

Security Ownership of Management

 

Information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned “Directors and Officers of WSFS Financial Corporation and Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB – Ownership of WSFS Financial Corporation Common Stock” of the Proxy Statement

 

 

(c)

We know of no arrangements, including any pledge by any person of our securities, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of the registrant.

 

 

(d)

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

 

 

 

108

Shown below is information as of December 31, 2008 with respect to compensation plans under which equity securities of the Registrant are authorized for issuance.

 

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

(b)

 

(c)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of Securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding Options and Phantom Stock Awards

 

Weighted-Average exercise price of outstanding Options and Phantom Stock Awards

 

Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column) (a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders (1)

 

 

675,887

 

 

 

$

44.98

 

 

 

327,851

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL

 

 

675,887

 

 

 

$

44.98

 

 

 

327,851

 

 

(1) Plans approved by stockholders include the 1997 Stock Option Plan, as amended and the 2005 Incentive Plan.

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

 

The information under “Directors and Officers of WSFS Financial Corporation and Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB – Transactions with our Insiders” in the Proxy Statement is incorporated into this item by reference.

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

 

The information under “Committees of the Board of Directors – Audit Committee” in the Proxy Statement is incorporated into this item by reference.

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

 

(a) Listed below are all financial statements and exhibits filed as part of this report, and are incorporated by reference.

 

1.

The consolidated statements of Condition of WSFS Financial Corporation and subsidiary as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2008, together with the related notes and the independent auditors’ report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.

 

2.

Schedules omitted as they are not applicable

 

 .

 

 

 

109

The following exhibits are incorporated by reference herein or annexed to this Annual Report:

 

Exhibit

Number

Description of Document

 

3.1

Registrant’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994.

 

3.2

Amended and Restated Bylaws of WSFS Financial Corporation, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 27, 2008.

 

3.3

Certificate of Designations for the Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 23, 2009.

4.1

Form of Certificate for the Series A Preferred Stock, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 23, 2009.

4.2 Warrant for Purchase of Shares of Common Stock, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 23, 2009.

10.1

WSFS Financial Corporation, 1994 Short Term Management Incentive Plan Summary Plan Description is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994.

 

10.2

Amended and Restated Wilmington Savings Fund Society, Federal Savings Bank 1997 Stock Option Plan is incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-26099) filed with the Commission on April 29, 1997.

 

10.3

2000 Stock Option and Temporary Severance Agreement among Wilmington Savings Fund Society, Federal Savings Bank, WSFS Financial Corporation and Marvin N. Schoenhals on February 24, 2000 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000.

 

10.4

WSFS Financial Corporation Severance Policy for Executive Vice Presidents dated February 28, 2008.

 

10.5

WSFS Financial Corporation’s 2005 Incentive Plan is incorporated herein by reference to appendix A of the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14-A for the 2005 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

 

10.6

Amendment to WSFS Financial Corporation 2005 Incentive Plan for IRC 409A and FAS 123R dated December 31, 2008.

 

10.7

Amendment to the WSFS Financial Corporation Severance Policy for Executive Vice Presidents dated December 31, 2008.

 

10.8

Letter Agreement, dated January 23, 2009, between WSFS Financial Corporation and the United States Department of Treasury, with respect to the issuance and sale of the Series A Preferred Stock and the Warrant, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 23, 2009.

10.9

Form of Waiver, executed by Messrs. Marvin N. Schoenhals, Mark A. Turner, Stephen A. Fowle, Richard M. Wright, Rodger Levenson and Mrs. Barbara J. Fischer, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on Januar 23, 2009.

10.10

Form of Letter Agreement, executed by Messrs. Marvin N. Schoehals, Mark A. Turner, Stephen A. Fowle, Richard M. Wright, Rodger Levenson and Mr. Barbara J. Fischer, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 23, 2009.

21

Subsidiaries of Registrant.

 

23

Consent of KPMG LLP

 

 

 

110

 

31

Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14 of the Exchange Act

 

32

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

Exhibits 10.1 through 10.10 represent management contracts or compensatory plan arrangements.

 

 

 

 

111

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

WSFS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

March 16, 2009

 

BY:

/s/ Mark A. Turner

 

 

 

 

Mark A. Turner

 

 

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following Federal Savings Bank persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

 

Date:

March 16, 2009

 

BY:

/s/ Marvin N. Schoenhals

 

 

 

 

Marvin N. Schoenhals

 

 

 

 

Chairman

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

March 16, 2009

 

BY:

/s/ Mark A. Turner

 

 

 

 

Mark A. Turner

 

 

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

March 16, 2009

 

BY:

/s/ Charles G. Cheleden

 

 

 

 

Charles G. Cheleden

 

 

 

 

Vice Chairman and Lead Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

March 16, 2009

 

BY:

/s/ Jennifer Davis

 

 

 

 

Jennifer Davis

 

 

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

March 16, 2009

 

BY:

/s/ Donald W. Delson

 

 

 

 

Donald W. Delson

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

112

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

March 16, 2009

 

BY:

/s/ John F. Downey

 

 

 

 

John F. Downey

 

 

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

March 16, 2009

 

BY:

/s/ Linda C. Drake

 

 

 

 

Linda C. Drake

 

 

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

March 16, 2009

 

BY:

/s/ David E. Hollowell

 

 

 

 

David E. Hollowell

 

 

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

March 16, 2009

 

BY:

/s/ Joseph R. Julian

 

 

 

 

Joseph R. Julian

 

 

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

March 16, 2009

 

BY:

/s/ Dennis E. Klima

 

 

 

 

Dennis E. Klima

 

 

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

March 16, 2009

 

BY:

/s/ Calvert A. Morgan, Jr.

 

 

 

 

Calvert A. Morgan, Jr.

 

 

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

March 16, 2009

 

BY:

/s/ Thomas P. Preston

 

 

 

 

Thomas P. Preston

 

 

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

113

 

Date:

March 16, 2009

BY:

/s/ Scott E. Reed

 

 

 

 

Scott E. Reed

 

 

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

March 16, 2009

 

BY:

/s/ Claibourne D. Smith

 

 

 

 

Claibourne D. Smith

 

 

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

March 16, 2009

 

BY:

/s/ Stephen A. Fowle

 

 

 

 

Stephen A. Fowle

 

 

 

 

Executive Vice President and

 

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

March 16, 2009

 

BY:

/s/ Robert F. Mack

 

 

 

 

Senior Vice President and Controller

 

 

 

 

 

 

114